summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/docs/htmldocs
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorJelmer Vernooij <jelmer@samba.org>2003-03-30 11:22:22 +0000
committerJelmer Vernooij <jelmer@samba.org>2003-03-30 11:22:22 +0000
commit57407401d0f261d4b8e42fdc64479afef10211c3 (patch)
tree84e35bb081f099e3dc4caa52113c89878ecdf06f /docs/htmldocs
parentca982a9f1d6485e2d388d4b2e9c13806736ad91e (diff)
downloadsamba-57407401d0f261d4b8e42fdc64479afef10211c3.tar.gz
samba-57407401d0f261d4b8e42fdc64479afef10211c3.tar.xz
samba-57407401d0f261d4b8e42fdc64479afef10211c3.zip
- Regenerate docs
- Document 'preload modules'
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/htmldocs')
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html3745
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/ads.html38
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/appendixes.html216
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/bugreport.html26
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/compiling.html42
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/diagnosis.html62
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/domain-security.html14
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/groupmapping.html2
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/groupprofiles.html30
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/improved-browsing.html50
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/integrate-ms-networks.html82
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/introduction.html52
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/msdfs.html10
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/optional.html554
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/other-clients.html58
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/pam.html14
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/passdb.html149
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/portability.html26
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/printing.html100
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/samba-bdc.html42
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/samba-howto-collection.html592
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/samba-pdc.html352
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/securing-samba.html36
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/securitylevels.html18
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/speed.html42
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/type.html200
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/unix-permissions.html38
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/vfs.html34
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/winbind.html180
29 files changed, 4560 insertions, 2244 deletions
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html
index 3bc4ad32e3c..d9125d5aad4 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html
@@ -236,17 +236,17 @@ HREF="#SERVERTYPE"
><DL
><DT
>4.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN627"
+HREF="#AEN629"
>Stand Alone Server</A
></DT
><DT
>4.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN633"
+HREF="#AEN635"
>Domain Member Server</A
></DT
><DT
>4.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN639"
+HREF="#AEN641"
>Domain Controller</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ HREF="#AEN639"
><DT
>5. <A
HREF="#SECURITYLEVELS"
->User and Share security level (for servers not in a domain)</A
+>Samba as Stand-Alone server (User and Share security level)</A
></DT
><DT
>6. <A
@@ -265,47 +265,47 @@ HREF="#SAMBA-PDC"
><DL
><DT
>6.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN703"
+HREF="#AEN705"
>Prerequisite Reading</A
></DT
><DT
>6.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN708"
+HREF="#AEN710"
>Background</A
></DT
><DT
>6.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN746"
+HREF="#AEN748"
>Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</A
></DT
><DT
>6.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN788"
+HREF="#AEN790"
>Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the Domain</A
></DT
><DT
>6.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN896"
+HREF="#AEN898"
>Common Problems and Errors</A
></DT
><DT
>6.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN944"
+HREF="#AEN946"
>System Policies and Profiles</A
></DT
><DT
>6.7. <A
-HREF="#AEN988"
+HREF="#AEN990"
>What other help can I get?</A
></DT
><DT
>6.8. <A
-HREF="#AEN1102"
+HREF="#AEN1104"
>Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</A
></DT
><DT
>6.9. <A
-HREF="#AEN1240"
+HREF="#AEN1242"
>DOMAIN_CONTROL.txt : Windows NT Domain Control &#38; Samba</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -319,27 +319,27 @@ HREF="#SAMBA-BDC"
><DL
><DT
>7.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1276"
+HREF="#AEN1278"
>Prerequisite Reading</A
></DT
><DT
>7.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN1280"
+HREF="#AEN1282"
>Background</A
></DT
><DT
>7.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN1288"
+HREF="#AEN1290"
>What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</A
></DT
><DT
>7.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN1297"
+HREF="#AEN1299"
>Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT PDC?</A
></DT
><DT
>7.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN1302"
+HREF="#AEN1304"
>How do I set up a Samba BDC?</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -353,42 +353,42 @@ HREF="#ADS"
><DL
><DT
>8.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1341"
+HREF="#AEN1343"
>Installing the required packages for Debian</A
></DT
><DT
>8.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN1348"
+HREF="#AEN1350"
>Installing the required packages for RedHat</A
></DT
><DT
>8.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN1358"
+HREF="#AEN1360"
>Compile Samba</A
></DT
><DT
>8.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN1373"
+HREF="#AEN1375"
>Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</A
></DT
><DT
>8.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN1383"
+HREF="#AEN1385"
>Create the computer account</A
></DT
><DT
>8.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN1395"
+HREF="#AEN1397"
>Test your server setup</A
></DT
><DT
>8.7. <A
-HREF="#AEN1400"
+HREF="#AEN1402"
>Testing with smbclient</A
></DT
><DT
>8.8. <A
-HREF="#AEN1403"
+HREF="#AEN1405"
>Notes</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -402,17 +402,17 @@ HREF="#DOMAIN-SECURITY"
><DL
><DT
>9.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1425"
+HREF="#AEN1427"
>Joining an NT Domain with Samba 3.0</A
></DT
><DT
>9.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN1480"
+HREF="#AEN1482"
>Samba and Windows 2000 Domains</A
></DT
><DT
>9.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN1483"
+HREF="#AEN1485"
>Why is this better than security = server?</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -435,34 +435,34 @@ HREF="#INTEGRATE-MS-NETWORKS"
><DL
><DT
>10.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1515"
+HREF="#AEN1517"
>Agenda</A
></DT
><DT
>10.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN1537"
+HREF="#AEN1539"
>Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</A
></DT
><DT
>10.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN1600"
+HREF="#AEN1602"
>Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</A
></DT
><DT
>10.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN1645"
+HREF="#AEN1647"
>How browsing functions and how to deploy stable and
dependable browsing using Samba</A
></DT
><DT
>10.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN1655"
+HREF="#AEN1657"
>MS Windows security options and how to configure
Samba for seemless integration</A
></DT
><DT
>10.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN1725"
+HREF="#AEN1727"
>Conclusions</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -476,39 +476,39 @@ HREF="#UNIX-PERMISSIONS"
><DL
><DT
>11.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1746"
+HREF="#AEN1748"
>Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT
security dialogs</A
></DT
><DT
>11.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN1750"
+HREF="#AEN1752"
>How to view file security on a Samba share</A
></DT
><DT
>11.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN1761"
+HREF="#AEN1763"
>Viewing file ownership</A
></DT
><DT
>11.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN1781"
+HREF="#AEN1783"
>Viewing file or directory permissions</A
></DT
><DT
>11.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN1817"
+HREF="#AEN1819"
>Modifying file or directory permissions</A
></DT
><DT
>11.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN1839"
+HREF="#AEN1841"
>Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
parameters</A
></DT
><DT
>11.7. <A
-HREF="#AEN1903"
+HREF="#AEN1905"
>Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute
mapping</A
></DT
@@ -524,17 +524,17 @@ managed authentication</A
><DL
><DT
>12.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1924"
+HREF="#AEN1926"
>Samba and PAM</A
></DT
><DT
>12.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN1968"
+HREF="#AEN1970"
>Distributed Authentication</A
></DT
><DT
>12.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN1975"
+HREF="#AEN1977"
>PAM Configuration in smb.conf</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ HREF="#MSDFS"
><DL
><DT
>13.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1995"
+HREF="#AEN1997"
>Instructions</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -562,300 +562,344 @@ HREF="#PRINTING"
><DL
><DT
>14.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2056"
+HREF="#AEN2058"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
>14.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN2078"
+HREF="#AEN2080"
>Configuration</A
></DT
><DT
>14.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN2186"
+HREF="#AEN2188"
>The Imprints Toolset</A
></DT
><DT
>14.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN2229"
+HREF="#AEN2231"
>Diagnosis</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
>15. <A
+HREF="#CUPS-PRINTING"
+>CUPS Printing Support</A
+></DT
+><DD
+><DL
+><DT
+>15.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN2343"
+>Introduction</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN2348"
+>CUPS - RAW Print Through Mode</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN2403"
+>The CUPS Filter Chains</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN2442"
+>CUPS Print Drivers and Devices</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.5. <A
+HREF="#AEN2519"
+>Limiting the number of pages users can print</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.6. <A
+HREF="#AEN2608"
+>Advanced Postscript Printing from MS Windows</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.7. <A
+HREF="#AEN2623"
+>Auto-Deletion of CUPS spool files</A
+></DT
+></DL
+></DD
+><DT
+>16. <A
HREF="#WINBIND"
>Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->15.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2362"
+>16.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN2685"
>Abstract</A
></DT
><DT
->15.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN2366"
+>16.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN2689"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->15.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN2379"
+>16.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN2702"
>What Winbind Provides</A
></DT
><DT
->15.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN2390"
+>16.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN2713"
>How Winbind Works</A
></DT
><DT
->15.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN2433"
+>16.5. <A
+HREF="#AEN2756"
>Installation and Configuration</A
></DT
><DT
->15.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN2690"
+>16.6. <A
+HREF="#AEN3013"
>Limitations</A
></DT
><DT
->15.7. <A
-HREF="#AEN2700"
+>16.7. <A
+HREF="#AEN3023"
>Conclusion</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->16. <A
+>17. <A
HREF="#IMPROVED-BROWSING"
>Improved browsing in samba</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->16.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2710"
+>17.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3033"
>Overview of browsing</A
></DT
><DT
->16.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN2715"
+>17.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3038"
>Browsing support in samba</A
></DT
><DT
->16.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN2723"
+>17.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3046"
>Problem resolution</A
></DT
><DT
->16.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN2732"
+>17.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN3055"
>Browsing across subnets</A
></DT
><DT
->16.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN2772"
+>17.5. <A
+HREF="#AEN3095"
>Setting up a WINS server</A
></DT
><DT
->16.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN2791"
+>17.6. <A
+HREF="#AEN3114"
>Setting up Browsing in a WORKGROUP</A
></DT
><DT
->16.7. <A
-HREF="#AEN2809"
+>17.7. <A
+HREF="#AEN3132"
>Setting up Browsing in a DOMAIN</A
></DT
><DT
->16.8. <A
-HREF="#AEN2819"
+>17.8. <A
+HREF="#AEN3142"
>Forcing samba to be the master</A
></DT
><DT
->16.9. <A
-HREF="#AEN2828"
+>17.9. <A
+HREF="#AEN3151"
>Making samba the domain master</A
></DT
><DT
->16.10. <A
-HREF="#AEN2846"
+>17.10. <A
+HREF="#AEN3169"
>Note about broadcast addresses</A
></DT
><DT
->16.11. <A
-HREF="#AEN2849"
+>17.11. <A
+HREF="#AEN3172"
>Multiple interfaces</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->17. <A
+>18. <A
HREF="#VFS"
>Stackable VFS modules</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->17.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2867"
+>18.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3190"
>Introduction and configuration</A
></DT
><DT
->17.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN2876"
+>18.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3199"
>Included modules</A
></DT
><DT
->17.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN2930"
+>18.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3253"
>VFS modules available elsewhere</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->18. <A
+>19. <A
HREF="#GROUPMAPPING"
>Group mapping HOWTO</A
></DT
><DT
->19. <A
+>20. <A
HREF="#SPEED"
>Samba performance issues</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->19.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2997"
+>20.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3320"
>Comparisons</A
></DT
><DT
->19.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3003"
+>20.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3326"
>Socket options</A
></DT
><DT
->19.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3010"
+>20.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3333"
>Read size</A
></DT
><DT
->19.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN3015"
+>20.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN3338"
>Max xmit</A
></DT
><DT
->19.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN3020"
+>20.5. <A
+HREF="#AEN3343"
>Log level</A
></DT
><DT
->19.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN3023"
+>20.6. <A
+HREF="#AEN3346"
>Read raw</A
></DT
><DT
->19.7. <A
-HREF="#AEN3028"
+>20.7. <A
+HREF="#AEN3351"
>Write raw</A
></DT
><DT
->19.8. <A
-HREF="#AEN3032"
+>20.8. <A
+HREF="#AEN3355"
>Slow Clients</A
></DT
><DT
->19.9. <A
-HREF="#AEN3036"
+>20.9. <A
+HREF="#AEN3359"
>Slow Logins</A
></DT
><DT
->19.10. <A
-HREF="#AEN3039"
+>20.10. <A
+HREF="#AEN3362"
>Client tuning</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->20. <A
+>21. <A
HREF="#GROUPPROFILES"
>Creating Group Prolicy Files</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->20.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3087"
+>21.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3410"
>Windows '9x</A
></DT
><DT
->20.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3097"
+>21.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3420"
>Windows NT 4</A
></DT
><DT
->20.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3135"
+>21.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3458"
>Windows 2000/XP</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->21. <A
+>22. <A
HREF="#SECURING-SAMBA"
>Securing Samba</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->21.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3216"
+>22.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3539"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->21.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3219"
+>22.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3542"
>Using host based protection</A
></DT
><DT
->21.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3226"
+>22.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3549"
>Using interface protection</A
></DT
><DT
->21.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN3235"
+>22.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN3558"
>Using a firewall</A
></DT
><DT
->21.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN3242"
+>22.5. <A
+HREF="#AEN3565"
>Using a IPC$ share deny</A
></DT
><DT
->21.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN3251"
+>22.6. <A
+HREF="#AEN3574"
>Upgrading Samba</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->22. <A
+>23. <A
HREF="#UNICODE"
>Unicode/Charsets</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->22.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3265"
+>23.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3588"
>What are charsets and unicode?</A
></DT
><DT
->22.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3274"
+>23.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3597"
>Samba and charsets</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -870,166 +914,166 @@ HREF="#APPENDIXES"
><DD
><DL
><DT
->23. <A
+>24. <A
HREF="#PORTABILITY"
>Portability</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->23.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3303"
+>24.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3626"
>HPUX</A
></DT
><DT
->23.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3309"
+>24.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3632"
>SCO Unix</A
></DT
><DT
->23.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3313"
+>24.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3636"
>DNIX</A
></DT
><DT
->23.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN3342"
+>24.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN3665"
>RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</A
></DT
><DT
->23.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN3348"
+>24.5. <A
+HREF="#AEN3671"
>AIX</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->24. <A
+>25. <A
HREF="#OTHER-CLIENTS"
>Samba and other CIFS clients</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->24.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3368"
+>25.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3691"
>Macintosh clients?</A
></DT
><DT
->24.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3377"
+>25.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3700"
>OS2 Client</A
></DT
><DT
->24.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3417"
+>25.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3740"
>Windows for Workgroups</A
></DT
><DT
->24.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN3441"
+>25.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN3764"
>Windows '95/'98</A
></DT
><DT
->24.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN3457"
+>25.5. <A
+HREF="#AEN3780"
>Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->25. <A
+>26. <A
HREF="#COMPILING"
>How to compile SAMBA</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->25.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3484"
+>26.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3807"
>Access Samba source code via CVS</A
></DT
><DT
->25.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3527"
+>26.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3850"
>Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</A
></DT
><DT
->25.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3533"
+>26.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3856"
>Building the Binaries</A
></DT
><DT
->25.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN3561"
+>26.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN3884"
>Starting the smbd and nmbd</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->26. <A
+>27. <A
HREF="#BUGREPORT"
>Reporting Bugs</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->26.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3623"
+>27.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3946"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->26.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3633"
+>27.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3956"
>General info</A
></DT
><DT
->26.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3639"
+>27.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3962"
>Debug levels</A
></DT
><DT
->26.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN3656"
+>27.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN3979"
>Internal errors</A
></DT
><DT
->26.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN3666"
+>27.5. <A
+HREF="#AEN3989"
>Attaching to a running process</A
></DT
><DT
->26.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN3669"
+>27.6. <A
+HREF="#AEN3992"
>Patches</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->27. <A
+>28. <A
HREF="#DIAGNOSIS"
>The samba checklist</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->27.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3692"
+>28.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN4015"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->27.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3697"
+>28.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN4020"
>Assumptions</A
></DT
><DT
->27.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3707"
+>28.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN4030"
>Tests</A
></DT
><DT
->27.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN3817"
+>28.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN4140"
>Still having troubles?</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -3647,24 +3691,24 @@ HREF="#SERVERTYPE"
><DL
><DT
>4.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN627"
+HREF="#AEN629"
>Stand Alone Server</A
></DT
><DT
>4.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN633"
+HREF="#AEN635"
>Domain Member Server</A
></DT
><DT
>4.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN639"
+HREF="#AEN641"
>Domain Controller</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
>4.3.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN642"
+HREF="#AEN644"
>Domain Controller Types</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -3674,7 +3718,7 @@ HREF="#AEN642"
><DT
>5. <A
HREF="#SECURITYLEVELS"
->User and Share security level (for servers not in a domain)</A
+>Samba as Stand-Alone server (User and Share security level)</A
></DT
><DT
>6. <A
@@ -3685,80 +3729,80 @@ HREF="#SAMBA-PDC"
><DL
><DT
>6.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN703"
+HREF="#AEN705"
>Prerequisite Reading</A
></DT
><DT
>6.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN708"
+HREF="#AEN710"
>Background</A
></DT
><DT
>6.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN746"
+HREF="#AEN748"
>Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</A
></DT
><DT
>6.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN788"
+HREF="#AEN790"
>Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the Domain</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
>6.4.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN831"
+HREF="#AEN833"
>Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</A
></DT
><DT
>6.4.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN872"
+HREF="#AEN874"
>"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</A
></DT
><DT
>6.4.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN881"
+HREF="#AEN883"
>Joining the Client to the Domain</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
>6.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN896"
+HREF="#AEN898"
>Common Problems and Errors</A
></DT
><DT
>6.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN944"
+HREF="#AEN946"
>System Policies and Profiles</A
></DT
><DT
>6.7. <A
-HREF="#AEN988"
+HREF="#AEN990"
>What other help can I get?</A
></DT
><DT
>6.8. <A
-HREF="#AEN1102"
+HREF="#AEN1104"
>Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
>6.8.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1128"
+HREF="#AEN1130"
>Configuration Instructions: Network Logons</A
></DT
><DT
>6.8.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN1147"
+HREF="#AEN1149"
>Configuration Instructions: Setting up Roaming User Profiles</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
>6.9. <A
-HREF="#AEN1240"
+HREF="#AEN1242"
>DOMAIN_CONTROL.txt : Windows NT Domain Control &#38; Samba</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -3772,53 +3816,53 @@ HREF="#SAMBA-BDC"
><DL
><DT
>7.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1276"
+HREF="#AEN1278"
>Prerequisite Reading</A
></DT
><DT
>7.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN1280"
+HREF="#AEN1282"
>Background</A
></DT
><DT
>7.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN1288"
+HREF="#AEN1290"
>What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
>7.3.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1291"
+HREF="#AEN1293"
>How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</A
></DT
><DT
>7.3.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN1294"
+HREF="#AEN1296"
>When is the PDC needed?</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
>7.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN1297"
+HREF="#AEN1299"
>Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT PDC?</A
></DT
><DT
>7.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN1302"
+HREF="#AEN1304"
>How do I set up a Samba BDC?</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
>7.5.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1319"
+HREF="#AEN1321"
>How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</A
></DT
><DT
>7.5.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN1323"
+HREF="#AEN1325"
>Can I do this all with LDAP?</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -3834,51 +3878,51 @@ HREF="#ADS"
><DL
><DT
>8.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1341"
+HREF="#AEN1343"
>Installing the required packages for Debian</A
></DT
><DT
>8.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN1348"
+HREF="#AEN1350"
>Installing the required packages for RedHat</A
></DT
><DT
>8.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN1358"
+HREF="#AEN1360"
>Compile Samba</A
></DT
><DT
>8.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN1373"
+HREF="#AEN1375"
>Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</A
></DT
><DT
>8.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN1383"
+HREF="#AEN1385"
>Create the computer account</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
>8.5.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1387"
+HREF="#AEN1389"
>Possible errors</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
>8.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN1395"
+HREF="#AEN1397"
>Test your server setup</A
></DT
><DT
>8.7. <A
-HREF="#AEN1400"
+HREF="#AEN1402"
>Testing with smbclient</A
></DT
><DT
>8.8. <A
-HREF="#AEN1403"
+HREF="#AEN1405"
>Notes</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -3892,17 +3936,17 @@ HREF="#DOMAIN-SECURITY"
><DL
><DT
>9.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1425"
+HREF="#AEN1427"
>Joining an NT Domain with Samba 3.0</A
></DT
><DT
>9.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN1480"
+HREF="#AEN1482"
>Samba and Windows 2000 Domains</A
></DT
><DT
>9.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN1483"
+HREF="#AEN1485"
>Why is this better than security = server?</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -3945,6 +3989,10 @@ different type of servers:</P
><P
>Backup Domain Controller</P
></LI
+><LI
+><P
+>ADS Domain Controller</P
+></LI
></UL
></LI
></UL
@@ -3957,7 +4005,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN627"
+NAME="AEN629"
>4.1. Stand Alone Server</A
></H2
><P
@@ -3995,7 +4043,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN633"
+NAME="AEN635"
>4.2. Domain Member Server</A
></H2
><P
@@ -4026,7 +4074,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN639"
+NAME="AEN641"
>4.3. Domain Controller</A
></H2
><P
@@ -4038,7 +4086,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN642"
+NAME="AEN644"
>4.3.1. Domain Controller Types</A
></H3
><P
@@ -4117,7 +4165,7 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="SECURITYLEVELS"
></A
->Chapter 5. User and Share security level (for servers not in a domain)</H1
+>Chapter 5. Samba as Stand-Alone server (User and Share security level)</H1
><P
>A SMB server tells the client at startup what "security level" it is
running. There are two options "share level" and "user level". Which
@@ -4223,7 +4271,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN703"
+NAME="AEN705"
>6.1. Prerequisite Reading</A
></H2
><P
@@ -4246,7 +4294,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN708"
+NAME="AEN710"
>6.2. Background</A
></H2
><P
@@ -4366,7 +4414,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN746"
+NAME="AEN748"
>6.3. Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</A
></H2
><P
@@ -4563,7 +4611,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN788"
+NAME="AEN790"
>6.4. Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the Domain</A
></H2
><P
@@ -4749,7 +4797,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN831"
+NAME="AEN833"
>6.4.1. Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</A
></H3
><P
@@ -4919,7 +4967,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN872"
+NAME="AEN874"
>6.4.2. "On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</A
></H3
><P
@@ -4956,7 +5004,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN881"
+NAME="AEN883"
>6.4.3. Joining the Client to the Domain</A
></H3
><P
@@ -5024,7 +5072,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN896"
+NAME="AEN898"
>6.5. Common Problems and Errors</A
></H2
><P
@@ -5230,7 +5278,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN944"
+NAME="AEN946"
>6.6. System Policies and Profiles</A
></H2
><P
@@ -5407,7 +5455,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN988"
+NAME="AEN990"
>6.7. What other help can I get?</A
></H2
><P
@@ -5827,7 +5875,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1102"
+NAME="AEN1104"
>6.8. Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</A
></H2
><DIV
@@ -5961,7 +6009,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1128"
+NAME="AEN1130"
>6.8.1. Configuration Instructions: Network Logons</A
></H3
><P
@@ -6067,7 +6115,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1147"
+NAME="AEN1149"
>6.8.2. Configuration Instructions: Setting up Roaming User Profiles</A
></H3
><DIV
@@ -6120,7 +6168,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H4
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN1155"
+NAME="AEN1157"
>6.8.2.1. Windows NT Configuration</A
></H4
><P
@@ -6171,7 +6219,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H4
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN1163"
+NAME="AEN1165"
>6.8.2.2. Windows 9X Configuration</A
></H4
><P
@@ -6202,7 +6250,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H4
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN1171"
+NAME="AEN1173"
>6.8.2.3. Win9X and WinNT Configuration</A
></H4
><P
@@ -6247,7 +6295,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H4
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN1178"
+NAME="AEN1180"
>6.8.2.4. Windows 9X Profile Setup</A
></H4
><P
@@ -6407,7 +6455,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H4
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN1214"
+NAME="AEN1216"
>6.8.2.5. Windows NT Workstation 4.0</A
></H4
><P
@@ -6521,7 +6569,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H4
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN1227"
+NAME="AEN1229"
>6.8.2.6. Windows NT Server</A
></H4
><P
@@ -6535,7 +6583,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H4
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN1230"
+NAME="AEN1232"
>6.8.2.7. Sharing Profiles between W95 and NT Workstation 4.0</A
></H4
><DIV
@@ -6628,7 +6676,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1240"
+NAME="AEN1242"
>6.9. DOMAIN_CONTROL.txt : Windows NT Domain Control &#38; Samba</A
></H2
><DIV
@@ -6773,7 +6821,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1276"
+NAME="AEN1278"
>7.1. Prerequisite Reading</A
></H2
><P
@@ -6790,7 +6838,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1280"
+NAME="AEN1282"
>7.2. Background</A
></H2
><P
@@ -6835,7 +6883,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1288"
+NAME="AEN1290"
>7.3. What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</A
></H2
><P
@@ -6852,7 +6900,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1291"
+NAME="AEN1293"
>7.3.1. How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</A
></H3
><P
@@ -6871,7 +6919,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1294"
+NAME="AEN1296"
>7.3.2. When is the PDC needed?</A
></H3
><P
@@ -6887,7 +6935,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1297"
+NAME="AEN1299"
>7.4. Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT PDC?</A
></H2
><P
@@ -6910,7 +6958,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1302"
+NAME="AEN1304"
>7.5. How do I set up a Samba BDC?</A
></H2
><P
@@ -6977,7 +7025,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1319"
+NAME="AEN1321"
>7.5.1. How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</A
></H3
><P
@@ -6998,7 +7046,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1323"
+NAME="AEN1325"
>7.5.2. Can I do this all with LDAP?</A
></H3
><P
@@ -7054,7 +7102,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1341"
+NAME="AEN1343"
>8.1. Installing the required packages for Debian</A
></H2
><P
@@ -7084,7 +7132,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1348"
+NAME="AEN1350"
>8.2. Installing the required packages for RedHat</A
></H2
><P
@@ -7123,7 +7171,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1358"
+NAME="AEN1360"
>8.3. Compile Samba</A
></H2
><P
@@ -7179,7 +7227,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1373"
+NAME="AEN1375"
>8.4. Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</A
></H2
><P
@@ -7218,7 +7266,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1383"
+NAME="AEN1385"
>8.5. Create the computer account</A
></H2
><P
@@ -7233,7 +7281,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1387"
+NAME="AEN1389"
>8.5.1. Possible errors</A
></H3
><P
@@ -7258,7 +7306,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1395"
+NAME="AEN1397"
>8.6. Test your server setup</A
></H2
><P
@@ -7278,7 +7326,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1400"
+NAME="AEN1402"
>8.7. Testing with smbclient</A
></H2
><P
@@ -7291,7 +7339,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1403"
+NAME="AEN1405"
>8.8. Notes</A
></H2
><P
@@ -7314,7 +7362,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1425"
+NAME="AEN1427"
>9.1. Joining an NT Domain with Samba 3.0</A
></H2
><P
@@ -7502,7 +7550,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1480"
+NAME="AEN1482"
>9.2. Samba and Windows 2000 Domains</A
></H2
><P
@@ -7516,7 +7564,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1483"
+NAME="AEN1485"
>9.3. Why is this better than security = server?</A
></H2
><P
@@ -7610,7 +7658,7 @@ CLASS="TITLE"
><DIV
CLASS="PARTINTRO"
><A
-NAME="AEN1501"
+NAME="AEN1503"
></A
><H1
>Introduction</H1
@@ -7634,19 +7682,19 @@ HREF="#INTEGRATE-MS-NETWORKS"
><DL
><DT
>10.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1515"
+HREF="#AEN1517"
>Agenda</A
></DT
><DT
>10.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN1537"
+HREF="#AEN1539"
>Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
>10.2.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1553"
+HREF="#AEN1555"
><TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/hosts</TT
@@ -7654,7 +7702,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
></DT
><DT
>10.2.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN1569"
+HREF="#AEN1571"
><TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/resolv.conf</TT
@@ -7662,7 +7710,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
></DT
><DT
>10.2.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN1580"
+HREF="#AEN1582"
><TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/host.conf</TT
@@ -7670,7 +7718,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
></DT
><DT
>10.2.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN1588"
+HREF="#AEN1590"
><TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/nsswitch.conf</TT
@@ -7680,47 +7728,47 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
></DD
><DT
>10.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN1600"
+HREF="#AEN1602"
>Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
>10.3.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1612"
+HREF="#AEN1614"
>The NetBIOS Name Cache</A
></DT
><DT
>10.3.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN1617"
+HREF="#AEN1619"
>The LMHOSTS file</A
></DT
><DT
>10.3.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN1625"
+HREF="#AEN1627"
>HOSTS file</A
></DT
><DT
>10.3.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN1630"
+HREF="#AEN1632"
>DNS Lookup</A
></DT
><DT
>10.3.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN1633"
+HREF="#AEN1635"
>WINS Lookup</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
>10.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN1645"
+HREF="#AEN1647"
>How browsing functions and how to deploy stable and
dependable browsing using Samba</A
></DT
><DT
>10.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN1655"
+HREF="#AEN1657"
>MS Windows security options and how to configure
Samba for seemless integration</A
></DT
@@ -7728,24 +7776,24 @@ Samba for seemless integration</A
><DL
><DT
>10.5.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1683"
+HREF="#AEN1685"
>Use MS Windows NT as an authentication server</A
></DT
><DT
>10.5.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN1691"
+HREF="#AEN1693"
>Make Samba a member of an MS Windows NT security domain</A
></DT
><DT
>10.5.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN1708"
+HREF="#AEN1710"
>Configure Samba as an authentication server</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
>10.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN1725"
+HREF="#AEN1727"
>Conclusions</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -7759,53 +7807,53 @@ HREF="#UNIX-PERMISSIONS"
><DL
><DT
>11.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1746"
+HREF="#AEN1748"
>Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT
security dialogs</A
></DT
><DT
>11.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN1750"
+HREF="#AEN1752"
>How to view file security on a Samba share</A
></DT
><DT
>11.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN1761"
+HREF="#AEN1763"
>Viewing file ownership</A
></DT
><DT
>11.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN1781"
+HREF="#AEN1783"
>Viewing file or directory permissions</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
>11.4.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1796"
+HREF="#AEN1798"
>File Permissions</A
></DT
><DT
>11.4.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN1810"
+HREF="#AEN1812"
>Directory Permissions</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
>11.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN1817"
+HREF="#AEN1819"
>Modifying file or directory permissions</A
></DT
><DT
>11.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN1839"
+HREF="#AEN1841"
>Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
parameters</A
></DT
><DT
>11.7. <A
-HREF="#AEN1903"
+HREF="#AEN1905"
>Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute
mapping</A
></DT
@@ -7821,17 +7869,17 @@ managed authentication</A
><DL
><DT
>12.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1924"
+HREF="#AEN1926"
>Samba and PAM</A
></DT
><DT
>12.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN1968"
+HREF="#AEN1970"
>Distributed Authentication</A
></DT
><DT
>12.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN1975"
+HREF="#AEN1977"
>PAM Configuration in smb.conf</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -7845,14 +7893,14 @@ HREF="#MSDFS"
><DL
><DT
>13.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN1995"
+HREF="#AEN1997"
>Instructions</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
>13.1.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2030"
+HREF="#AEN2032"
>Notes</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -7868,122 +7916,122 @@ HREF="#PRINTING"
><DL
><DT
>14.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2056"
+HREF="#AEN2058"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
>14.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN2078"
+HREF="#AEN2080"
>Configuration</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
>14.2.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2086"
+HREF="#AEN2088"
>Creating [print$]</A
></DT
><DT
>14.2.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN2121"
+HREF="#AEN2123"
>Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</A
></DT
><DT
>14.2.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN2137"
+HREF="#AEN2139"
>Support a large number of printers</A
></DT
><DT
>14.2.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN2148"
+HREF="#AEN2150"
>Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</A
></DT
><DT
>14.2.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN2178"
+HREF="#AEN2180"
>Samba and Printer Ports</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
>14.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN2186"
+HREF="#AEN2188"
>The Imprints Toolset</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
>14.3.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2190"
+HREF="#AEN2192"
>What is Imprints?</A
></DT
><DT
>14.3.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN2200"
+HREF="#AEN2202"
>Creating Printer Driver Packages</A
></DT
><DT
>14.3.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN2203"
+HREF="#AEN2205"
>The Imprints server</A
></DT
><DT
>14.3.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN2207"
+HREF="#AEN2209"
>The Installation Client</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
>14.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN2229"
+HREF="#AEN2231"
>Diagnosis</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
>14.4.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2231"
+HREF="#AEN2233"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
>14.4.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN2247"
+HREF="#AEN2249"
>Debugging printer problems</A
></DT
><DT
>14.4.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN2256"
+HREF="#AEN2258"
>What printers do I have?</A
></DT
><DT
>14.4.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN2264"
+HREF="#AEN2266"
>Setting up printcap and print servers</A
></DT
><DT
>14.4.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN2292"
+HREF="#AEN2294"
>Job sent, no output</A
></DT
><DT
>14.4.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN2303"
+HREF="#AEN2305"
>Job sent, strange output</A
></DT
><DT
>14.4.7. <A
-HREF="#AEN2315"
+HREF="#AEN2317"
>Raw PostScript printed</A
></DT
><DT
>14.4.8. <A
-HREF="#AEN2318"
+HREF="#AEN2320"
>Advanced Printing</A
></DT
><DT
>14.4.9. <A
-HREF="#AEN2321"
+HREF="#AEN2323"
>Real debugging</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -7992,234 +8040,287 @@ HREF="#AEN2321"
></DD
><DT
>15. <A
+HREF="#CUPS-PRINTING"
+>CUPS Printing Support</A
+></DT
+><DD
+><DL
+><DT
+>15.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN2343"
+>Introduction</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN2348"
+>CUPS - RAW Print Through Mode</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN2403"
+>The CUPS Filter Chains</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN2442"
+>CUPS Print Drivers and Devices</A
+></DT
+><DD
+><DL
+><DT
+>15.4.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN2449"
+>Further printing steps</A
+></DT
+></DL
+></DD
+><DT
+>15.5. <A
+HREF="#AEN2519"
+>Limiting the number of pages users can print</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.6. <A
+HREF="#AEN2608"
+>Advanced Postscript Printing from MS Windows</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.7. <A
+HREF="#AEN2623"
+>Auto-Deletion of CUPS spool files</A
+></DT
+></DL
+></DD
+><DT
+>16. <A
HREF="#WINBIND"
>Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->15.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2362"
+>16.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN2685"
>Abstract</A
></DT
><DT
->15.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN2366"
+>16.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN2689"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->15.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN2379"
+>16.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN2702"
>What Winbind Provides</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->15.3.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2386"
+>16.3.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN2709"
>Target Uses</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->15.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN2390"
+>16.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN2713"
>How Winbind Works</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->15.4.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2395"
+>16.4.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN2718"
>Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</A
></DT
><DT
->15.4.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN2399"
+>16.4.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN2722"
>Microsoft Active Directory Services</A
></DT
><DT
->15.4.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN2402"
+>16.4.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN2725"
>Name Service Switch</A
></DT
><DT
->15.4.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN2418"
+>16.4.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN2741"
>Pluggable Authentication Modules</A
></DT
><DT
->15.4.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN2426"
+>16.4.5. <A
+HREF="#AEN2749"
>User and Group ID Allocation</A
></DT
><DT
->15.4.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN2430"
+>16.4.6. <A
+HREF="#AEN2753"
>Result Caching</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->15.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN2433"
+>16.5. <A
+HREF="#AEN2756"
>Installation and Configuration</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->15.5.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2438"
+>16.5.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN2761"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->15.5.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN2451"
+>16.5.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN2774"
>Requirements</A
></DT
><DT
->15.5.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN2465"
+>16.5.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN2788"
>Testing Things Out</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->15.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN2690"
+>16.6. <A
+HREF="#AEN3013"
>Limitations</A
></DT
><DT
->15.7. <A
-HREF="#AEN2700"
+>16.7. <A
+HREF="#AEN3023"
>Conclusion</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->16. <A
+>17. <A
HREF="#IMPROVED-BROWSING"
>Improved browsing in samba</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->16.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2710"
+>17.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3033"
>Overview of browsing</A
></DT
><DT
->16.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN2715"
+>17.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3038"
>Browsing support in samba</A
></DT
><DT
->16.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN2723"
+>17.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3046"
>Problem resolution</A
></DT
><DT
->16.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN2732"
+>17.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN3055"
>Browsing across subnets</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->16.4.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2737"
+>17.4.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3060"
>How does cross subnet browsing work ?</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->16.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN2772"
+>17.5. <A
+HREF="#AEN3095"
>Setting up a WINS server</A
></DT
><DT
->16.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN2791"
+>17.6. <A
+HREF="#AEN3114"
>Setting up Browsing in a WORKGROUP</A
></DT
><DT
->16.7. <A
-HREF="#AEN2809"
+>17.7. <A
+HREF="#AEN3132"
>Setting up Browsing in a DOMAIN</A
></DT
><DT
->16.8. <A
-HREF="#AEN2819"
+>17.8. <A
+HREF="#AEN3142"
>Forcing samba to be the master</A
></DT
><DT
->16.9. <A
-HREF="#AEN2828"
+>17.9. <A
+HREF="#AEN3151"
>Making samba the domain master</A
></DT
><DT
->16.10. <A
-HREF="#AEN2846"
+>17.10. <A
+HREF="#AEN3169"
>Note about broadcast addresses</A
></DT
><DT
->16.11. <A
-HREF="#AEN2849"
+>17.11. <A
+HREF="#AEN3172"
>Multiple interfaces</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->17. <A
+>18. <A
HREF="#VFS"
>Stackable VFS modules</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->17.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2867"
+>18.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3190"
>Introduction and configuration</A
></DT
><DT
->17.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN2876"
+>18.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3199"
>Included modules</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->17.2.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2878"
+>18.2.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3201"
>audit</A
></DT
><DT
->17.2.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN2886"
+>18.2.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3209"
>recycle</A
></DT
><DT
->17.2.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN2923"
+>18.2.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3246"
>netatalk</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->17.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN2930"
+>18.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3253"
>VFS modules available elsewhere</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->17.3.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2934"
+>18.3.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3257"
>DatabaseFS</A
></DT
><DT
->17.3.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN2942"
+>18.3.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3265"
>vscan</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -8227,171 +8328,171 @@ HREF="#AEN2942"
></DL
></DD
><DT
->18. <A
+>19. <A
HREF="#GROUPMAPPING"
>Group mapping HOWTO</A
></DT
><DT
->19. <A
+>20. <A
HREF="#SPEED"
>Samba performance issues</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->19.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN2997"
+>20.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3320"
>Comparisons</A
></DT
><DT
->19.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3003"
+>20.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3326"
>Socket options</A
></DT
><DT
->19.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3010"
+>20.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3333"
>Read size</A
></DT
><DT
->19.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN3015"
+>20.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN3338"
>Max xmit</A
></DT
><DT
->19.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN3020"
+>20.5. <A
+HREF="#AEN3343"
>Log level</A
></DT
><DT
->19.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN3023"
+>20.6. <A
+HREF="#AEN3346"
>Read raw</A
></DT
><DT
->19.7. <A
-HREF="#AEN3028"
+>20.7. <A
+HREF="#AEN3351"
>Write raw</A
></DT
><DT
->19.8. <A
-HREF="#AEN3032"
+>20.8. <A
+HREF="#AEN3355"
>Slow Clients</A
></DT
><DT
->19.9. <A
-HREF="#AEN3036"
+>20.9. <A
+HREF="#AEN3359"
>Slow Logins</A
></DT
><DT
->19.10. <A
-HREF="#AEN3039"
+>20.10. <A
+HREF="#AEN3362"
>Client tuning</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->20. <A
+>21. <A
HREF="#GROUPPROFILES"
>Creating Group Prolicy Files</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->20.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3087"
+>21.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3410"
>Windows '9x</A
></DT
><DT
->20.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3097"
+>21.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3420"
>Windows NT 4</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->20.2.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3120"
+>21.2.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3443"
>Side bar Notes</A
></DT
><DT
->20.2.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3124"
+>21.2.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3447"
>Mandatory profiles</A
></DT
><DT
->20.2.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3127"
+>21.2.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3450"
>moveuser.exe</A
></DT
><DT
->20.2.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN3130"
+>21.2.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN3453"
>Get SID</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->20.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3135"
+>21.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3458"
>Windows 2000/XP</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->21. <A
+>22. <A
HREF="#SECURING-SAMBA"
>Securing Samba</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->21.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3216"
+>22.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3539"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->21.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3219"
+>22.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3542"
>Using host based protection</A
></DT
><DT
->21.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3226"
+>22.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3549"
>Using interface protection</A
></DT
><DT
->21.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN3235"
+>22.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN3558"
>Using a firewall</A
></DT
><DT
->21.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN3242"
+>22.5. <A
+HREF="#AEN3565"
>Using a IPC$ share deny</A
></DT
><DT
->21.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN3251"
+>22.6. <A
+HREF="#AEN3574"
>Upgrading Samba</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->22. <A
+>23. <A
HREF="#UNICODE"
>Unicode/Charsets</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->22.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3265"
+>23.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3588"
>What are charsets and unicode?</A
></DT
><DT
->22.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3274"
+>23.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3597"
>Samba and charsets</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -8411,7 +8512,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1515"
+NAME="AEN1517"
>10.1. Agenda</A
></H2
><P
@@ -8478,7 +8579,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1537"
+NAME="AEN1539"
>10.2. Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</A
></H2
><P
@@ -8520,7 +8621,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1553"
+NAME="AEN1555"
>10.2.1. <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/hosts</TT
@@ -8601,7 +8702,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1569"
+NAME="AEN1571"
>10.2.2. <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/resolv.conf</TT
@@ -8639,7 +8740,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1580"
+NAME="AEN1582"
>10.2.3. <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/host.conf</TT
@@ -8668,7 +8769,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1588"
+NAME="AEN1590"
>10.2.4. <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/nsswitch.conf</TT
@@ -8737,7 +8838,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1600"
+NAME="AEN1602"
>10.3. Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</A
></H2
><P
@@ -8822,7 +8923,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1612"
+NAME="AEN1614"
>10.3.1. The NetBIOS Name Cache</A
></H3
><P
@@ -8849,7 +8950,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1617"
+NAME="AEN1619"
>10.3.2. The LMHOSTS file</A
></H3
><P
@@ -8952,7 +9053,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1625"
+NAME="AEN1627"
>10.3.3. HOSTS file</A
></H3
><P
@@ -8974,7 +9075,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1630"
+NAME="AEN1632"
>10.3.4. DNS Lookup</A
></H3
><P
@@ -8994,7 +9095,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1633"
+NAME="AEN1635"
>10.3.5. WINS Lookup</A
></H3
><P
@@ -9035,7 +9136,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1645"
+NAME="AEN1647"
>10.4. How browsing functions and how to deploy stable and
dependable browsing using Samba</A
></H2
@@ -9102,7 +9203,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1655"
+NAME="AEN1657"
>10.5. MS Windows security options and how to configure
Samba for seemless integration</A
></H2
@@ -9229,7 +9330,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1683"
+NAME="AEN1685"
>10.5.1. Use MS Windows NT as an authentication server</A
></H3
><P
@@ -9265,7 +9366,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1691"
+NAME="AEN1693"
>10.5.2. Make Samba a member of an MS Windows NT security domain</A
></H3
><P
@@ -9328,7 +9429,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1708"
+NAME="AEN1710"
>10.5.3. Configure Samba as an authentication server</A
></H3
><P
@@ -9365,7 +9466,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H4
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN1715"
+NAME="AEN1717"
>10.5.3.1. Users</A
></H4
><P
@@ -9388,7 +9489,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H4
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN1720"
+NAME="AEN1722"
>10.5.3.2. MS Windows NT Machine Accounts</A
></H4
><P
@@ -9409,7 +9510,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1725"
+NAME="AEN1727"
>10.6. Conclusions</A
></H2
><P
@@ -9453,7 +9554,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1746"
+NAME="AEN1748"
>11.1. Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT
security dialogs</A
></H2
@@ -9472,7 +9573,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1750"
+NAME="AEN1752"
>11.2. How to view file security on a Samba share</A
></H2
><P
@@ -9542,7 +9643,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1761"
+NAME="AEN1763"
>11.3. Viewing file ownership</A
></H2
><P
@@ -9628,7 +9729,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1781"
+NAME="AEN1783"
>11.4. Viewing file or directory permissions</A
></H2
><P
@@ -9682,7 +9783,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1796"
+NAME="AEN1798"
>11.4.1. File Permissions</A
></H3
><P
@@ -9744,7 +9845,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1810"
+NAME="AEN1812"
>11.4.2. Directory Permissions</A
></H3
><P
@@ -9776,7 +9877,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1817"
+NAME="AEN1819"
>11.5. Modifying file or directory permissions</A
></H2
><P
@@ -9872,7 +9973,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1839"
+NAME="AEN1841"
>11.6. Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
parameters</A
></H2
@@ -10093,7 +10194,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1903"
+NAME="AEN1905"
>11.7. Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute
mapping</A
></H2
@@ -10149,7 +10250,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1924"
+NAME="AEN1926"
>12.1. Samba and PAM</A
></H2
><P
@@ -10363,7 +10464,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1968"
+NAME="AEN1970"
>12.2. Distributed Authentication</A
></H2
><P
@@ -10396,7 +10497,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1975"
+NAME="AEN1977"
>12.3. PAM Configuration in smb.conf</A
></H2
><P
@@ -10444,7 +10545,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1995"
+NAME="AEN1997"
>13.1. Instructions</A
></H2
><P
@@ -10576,7 +10677,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2030"
+NAME="AEN2032"
>13.1.1. Notes</A
></H3
><P
@@ -10617,7 +10718,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2056"
+NAME="AEN2058"
>14.1. Introduction</A
></H2
><P
@@ -10700,7 +10801,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2078"
+NAME="AEN2080"
>14.2. Configuration</A
></H2
><DIV
@@ -10762,7 +10863,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2086"
+NAME="AEN2088"
>14.2.1. Creating [print$]</A
></H3
><P
@@ -10979,7 +11080,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2121"
+NAME="AEN2123"
>14.2.2. Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</A
></H3
><P
@@ -11051,7 +11152,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2137"
+NAME="AEN2139"
>14.2.3. Support a large number of printers</A
></H3
><P
@@ -11117,7 +11218,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2148"
+NAME="AEN2150"
>14.2.4. Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</A
></H3
><P
@@ -11272,7 +11373,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2178"
+NAME="AEN2180"
>14.2.5. Samba and Printer Ports</A
></H3
><P
@@ -11307,7 +11408,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2186"
+NAME="AEN2188"
>14.3. The Imprints Toolset</A
></H2
><P
@@ -11325,7 +11426,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2190"
+NAME="AEN2192"
>14.3.1. What is Imprints?</A
></H3
><P
@@ -11357,7 +11458,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2200"
+NAME="AEN2202"
>14.3.2. Creating Printer Driver Packages</A
></H3
><P
@@ -11373,7 +11474,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2203"
+NAME="AEN2205"
>14.3.3. The Imprints server</A
></H3
><P
@@ -11397,7 +11498,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2207"
+NAME="AEN2209"
>14.3.4. The Installation Client</A
></H3
><P
@@ -11491,7 +11592,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2229"
+NAME="AEN2231"
>14.4. Diagnosis</A
></H2
><DIV
@@ -11499,7 +11600,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2231"
+NAME="AEN2233"
>14.4.1. Introduction</A
></H3
><P
@@ -11574,7 +11675,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2247"
+NAME="AEN2249"
>14.4.2. Debugging printer problems</A
></H3
><P
@@ -11631,7 +11732,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2256"
+NAME="AEN2258"
>14.4.3. What printers do I have?</A
></H3
><P
@@ -11660,7 +11761,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2264"
+NAME="AEN2266"
>14.4.4. Setting up printcap and print servers</A
></H3
><P
@@ -11744,7 +11845,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2292"
+NAME="AEN2294"
>14.4.5. Job sent, no output</A
></H3
><P
@@ -11789,7 +11890,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2303"
+NAME="AEN2305"
>14.4.6. Job sent, strange output</A
></H3
><P
@@ -11835,7 +11936,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2315"
+NAME="AEN2317"
>14.4.7. Raw PostScript printed</A
></H3
><P
@@ -11850,7 +11951,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2318"
+NAME="AEN2320"
>14.4.8. Advanced Printing</A
></H3
><P
@@ -11866,7 +11967,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2321"
+NAME="AEN2323"
>14.4.9. Real debugging</A
></H3
><P
@@ -11879,16 +11980,1882 @@ the bug guns, system tracing. See Tracing.txt in this directory.</P
CLASS="CHAPTER"
><HR><H1
><A
+NAME="CUPS-PRINTING"
+></A
+>Chapter 15. CUPS Printing Support</H1
+><DIV
+CLASS="SECT1"
+><H2
+CLASS="SECT1"
+><A
+NAME="AEN2343"
+>15.1. Introduction</A
+></H2
+><P
+>The Common Unix Print System (CUPS) has become very popular, but to many it is
+a very mystical tool. There is a great deal of uncertainty regarding CUPS and how
+it works. The result is seen in a large number of posting on the samba mailing lists
+expressing frustration when MS Windows printers appear not to work with a CUPS
+backr-end.
+/para&#62;&#13;</P
+><P
+>This is a good time to point out how CUPS can be used and what it does. CUPS is more
+than just a print spooling system - it is a complete printer management system that
+complies with HTTP and IPP protocols. It can be managed remotely via a web browser
+and it can print using http and ipp protocols.</P
+><P
+>CUPS allows to creation of RAW printers (ie: NO file format translation) as well as
+SMART printers (ie: CUPS does file format conversion as required for the printer). In
+many ways this gives CUPS similar capabilities to the MS Windows print monitoring
+system. Of course, if you are a CUPS advocate, you would agrue that CUPS is better!
+In any case, let us now move on to explore how one may configure CUPS for interfacing
+with MS Windows print clients via Samba.</P
+></DIV
+><DIV
+CLASS="SECT1"
+><HR><H2
+CLASS="SECT1"
+><A
+NAME="AEN2348"
+>15.2. CUPS - RAW Print Through Mode</A
+></H2
+><P
+>When CUPS printers are configured for RAW print-through mode operation it is the
+responsibility of the Samba client to fully render the print job (file) in a format
+that is suitable for direct delivery to the printer. In this case CUPS will NOT
+do any print file format conversion work.</P
+><P
+>The CUPS files that need to be correctly set for RAW mode printers to work are:
+
+<P
+></P
+><UL
+><LI
+><P
+><TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>/etc/cups/mime.types</TT
+></P
+><P
+></P
+></LI
+><LI
+><P
+><TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>/etc/cups/mime.convs</TT
+></P
+><P
+></P
+></LI
+></UL
+>
+
+Both contain entries that must be uncommented to allow <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>RAW</I
+></SPAN
+> mode
+operation.</P
+><P
+>Firstly, to enable CUPS based printing from Samba the following options must be
+enabled in your smb.conf file [globals] section:
+
+<P
+></P
+><UL
+><LI
+><P
+>printing = CUPS</P
+></LI
+><LI
+><P
+>printcap = CUPS</P
+></LI
+></UL
+>
+
+When these parameters are specified the print directives in smb.conf (as well as in
+samba itself) will be ignored because samba will directly interface with CUPS through
+it's application program interface (API) - so long as Samba has been compiled with
+CUPS library (libcups) support. If samba has NOT been compiled with CUPS support then
+printing will use the System V AT&#38;T command set with the <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>-oraw</I
+></SPAN
+>
+option automatically passing through.</P
+><P
+>Cupsomatic (an enhanced printing utility that is part of some CUPS implementations)
+on the Samba/CUPS server does *not* add any features if a file is really
+printed "raw". However, if you have loaded the driver for the Windows client from
+the CUPS server, using the "cupsaddsmb" utility, and if this driver is one using
+a "Foomatic" PPD, the PJL header in question is already added on the Windows client,
+at the time when the driver initially generated the PostScript data and CUPS in true
+"-oraw" manner doesn't remove this PJL header and passes the file "as is" to its
+printer communication backend.</P
+><DIV
+CLASS="NOTE"
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+CLASS="NOTE"
+WIDTH="100%"
+BORDER="0"
+><TR
+><TD
+WIDTH="25"
+ALIGN="CENTER"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><IMG
+SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif"
+HSPACE="5"
+ALT="Note"></TD
+><TD
+ALIGN="LEFT"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><P
+>NOTE: editing in the "mime.convs" and the "mime.types" file does not *enforce*
+"raw" printing, it only *allows* it.</P
+></TD
+></TR
+></TABLE
+></DIV
+><P
+>Print files that arrive from MS Windows printing are "auto-typed" by CUPS. This aids
+the process of determining proper treatment while in the print queue system.
+
+<P
+></P
+><UL
+><LI
+><P
+> Files generated by PCL drivers and directed at PCK printers get auto-typed as
+ <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>application/octet-stream</TT
+>. Unknown file format types also
+ get auto-typed with this tag.
+ </P
+></LI
+><LI
+><P
+> Files generated by a Postscript driver and directed at a Postscript printer
+ are auto-typed depending on the auto-detected most suitable MIME type as:
+
+ <P
+></P
+><UL
+><LI
+><P
+>* application/postscript</P
+></LI
+><LI
+><P
+>* application/vnd.cups-postscript</P
+></LI
+></UL
+>
+ </P
+></LI
+></UL
+></P
+><P
+>"application/postscript" first goes thru the "pstops" filter (where the page counting
+and accounting takes place). The outcome will be of MIME type
+"application/vnd.cups-postscript". The pstopsfilter reads and uses information from
+the PPD and inserts user-provided options into the PostScript file. As a consequence,
+the filtered file could possibly have an unwanted PJL header.</P
+><P
+>"application/postscript" will be all files with a ".ps", ".ai", ".eps" suffix or which
+have as their first character string one of "%!" or "&#60;04&#62;%".</P
+><P
+>"application/vnd.cups-postscript" will files which contain the string
+"LANGUAGE=POSTSCRIPT" (or similar variations with different capitalization) in the
+first 512 bytes, and also contain the "PJL super escape code" in the first 128 bytes
+("&#60;1B&#62;%-12345X"). Very likely, most PostScript files generated on Windows using a CUPS
+or other PPD, will have to be auto-typed as "vnd.cups-postscript". A file produced
+with a "Generic PostScript driver" will just be tagged "application/postscript".</P
+><P
+>Once the file is in "application/vnd.cups-postscript" format, either "pstoraster"
+or "cupsomatic" will take over (depending on the printer configuration, as
+determined by the PPD in use).</P
+><DIV
+CLASS="NOTE"
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+CLASS="NOTE"
+WIDTH="100%"
+BORDER="0"
+><TR
+><TD
+WIDTH="25"
+ALIGN="CENTER"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><IMG
+SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif"
+HSPACE="5"
+ALT="Note"></TD
+><TD
+ALIGN="LEFT"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><P
+>A printer queue with *no* PPD associated to it is a "raw" printer and all files
+will go directly there as received by the spooler. The exeptions are file types
+"application/octet-stream" which need "passthrough feature" enabled.
+"Raw" queues don't do any filtering at all, they hand the file directly to the
+CUPS backend. This backend is responsible for the sending of the data to the device
+(as in the "device URI" notation as lpd://, socket://, smb://, ipp://, http://,
+parallel:/, serial:/, usb:/ etc.)</P
+></TD
+></TR
+></TABLE
+></DIV
+><DIV
+CLASS="NOTE"
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+CLASS="NOTE"
+WIDTH="100%"
+BORDER="0"
+><TR
+><TD
+WIDTH="25"
+ALIGN="CENTER"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><IMG
+SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif"
+HSPACE="5"
+ALT="Note"></TD
+><TD
+ALIGN="LEFT"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><P
+>"cupsomatic"/Foomatic are *not* native CUPS drivers and they don't ship with CUPS.
+They are a Third Party add-on, developed at Linuxprinting.org. As such, they are
+a brilliant hack to make all models (driven by Ghostscript drivers/filters in
+traditional spoolers) also work via CUPS, with the same (good or bad!) quality
+as in these other spoolers. "cupsomatic" is only a vehicle to execute a ghostscript
+commandline at that stage in the CUPS filtering chain, where "normally" the native
+CUPS "pstoraster" filter would kick in. cupsomatic by-passes pstoraster, "kidnaps"
+the printfile from CUPS away and re-directs it to go through Ghostscipt. CUPS accepts this,
+because the associated CUPS-O-Matic-/Foomatic-PPD specifies:</P
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+> *cupsFilter: "application/vnd.cups-postscript 0 cupsomatic"</PRE
+><P
+>This line persuades CUPS to hand the file to cupsomatic, once it has successfully
+converted it to the MIME type "application/vnd.cups-postscript". This conversion will not
+happen for Jobs arriving from Windows which are auto-typed "application/octet-stream",
+with the according changes in "/etc/cups/mime.types" in place.</P
+></TD
+></TR
+></TABLE
+></DIV
+><P
+>CUPS is widely configurable and flexible, even regarding its filtering mechanism.
+Another workaround in some situations would be to have
+in "/etc/cups/mime.types" entries as follows:</P
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+> application/postscript application/vnd.cups-raw 0 -
+ application/vnd.cups-postscript application/vnd.cups-raw 0 -</PRE
+><P
+>This would prevent all Postscript files from being filtered (rather, they will go
+thru the virtual "nullfilter" denoted with "-"). This could only be useful for
+PS printers. If you want to print PS code on non-PS printers an entry as follows
+could be useful:</P
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+> */* application/vnd.cups-raw 0 -</PRE
+><P
+>and would effectively send *all* files to the backend without further processing.</P
+><P
+>Lastly, you could have the following entry:</P
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+> application/vnd.cups-postscript application/vnd.cups-raw 0 my_PJL_stripping_filter</PRE
+><P
+>You will need to write a "my_PJL_stripping_filter" (could be a shellscript) that
+parses the PostScript and removes the unwanted PJL. This would need to conform to
+CUPS filter design (mainly, receive and pass the parameters printername, job-id,
+username, jobtitle, copies, print options and possibly the filename). It would
+be installed as world executable into "/usr/lib/cups/filters/" and will be called
+by CUPS if it encounters a MIME type "application/vnd.cups-postscript".</P
+><P
+>CUPS can handle "-o job-hold-until=indefinite". This keeps the job in the queue
+"on hold". It will only be printed upon manual release by the printer operator.
+This is a requirement in many "central reproduction departments", where a few
+operators manage the jobs of hundreds of users on some big machine, where no
+user is allowed to have direct access. (The operators often need to load the
+proper paper type before running the 10.000 page job requested by marketing
+for the mailing, etc.).</P
+></DIV
+><DIV
+CLASS="SECT1"
+><HR><H2
+CLASS="SECT1"
+><A
+NAME="AEN2403"
+>15.3. The CUPS Filter Chains</A
+></H2
+><P
+>The following diagrams reveal how CUPS handles print jobs.</P
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+>#########################################################################
+#
+# CUPS in and of itself has this (general) filter chain (CAPITAL
+# letters are FILE-FORMATS or MIME types, other are filters (this is
+# true for pre-1.1.15 of pre-4.3 versions of CUPS and ESP PrintPro):
+#
+# <VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>SOMETHNG</VAR
+>-FILEFORMAT
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# <VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+>tops
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# pstops
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# pstoraster # as shipped with CUPS, independent from any Ghostscipt
+# | # installation on the system
+# | (= "postscipt interpreter")
+# |
+# V
+# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# rasterto<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+> (f.e. Gimp-Print filters may be plugged in here)
+# | (= "raster driver")
+# |
+# V
+# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# backend
+#
+#
+# ESP PrintPro has some enhanced "rasterto<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+>" filters as compared to
+# CUPS, and also a somewhat improved "pstoraster" filter.
+#
+# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
+# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rasterto<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+> is noted.
+#
+#########################################################################</PRE
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+>#########################################################################
+#
+# This is how "cupsomatic" comes into play:
+# =========================================
+#
+# <VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>SOMETHNG</VAR
+>-FILEFORMAT
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# <VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+>tops
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# pstops
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT ----------------+
+# | |
+# | V
+# V cupsomatic
+# pstoraster (constructs complicated
+# | (= "postscipt interpreter") Ghostscript commandline
+# | to let the file be
+# V processed by a
+# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER "-sDEVICE=<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>s.th.</VAR
+>"
+# | call...)
+# | |
+# V |
+# rasterto<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+> V
+# | (= "raster driver") +-------------------------+
+# | | Ghostscript at work.... |
+# V | |
+# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC *-------------------------+
+# | |
+# | |
+# V |
+# backend &#62;------------------------------------+
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# THE PRINTER
+#
+#
+# Note, that cupsomatic "kidnaps" the printfile after the
+# "APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRPT" stage and deviates it through
+# the CUPS-external, systemwide Ghostscript installation, bypassing the
+# "pstoraster" filter (therefor also bypassing the CUPS-raster-drivers
+# "rasterto<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+>", and hands the rasterized file directly to the CUPS
+# backend...
+#
+# cupsomatic is not made by the CUPS developers. It is an independent
+# contribution to printing development, made by people from
+# Linuxprinting.org. (see also http://www.cups.org/cups-help.html)
+#
+# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
+# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rasterto<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+> is noted.
+#
+#########################################################################</PRE
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+>#########################################################################
+#
+# And this is how it works for ESP PrintPro from 4.3:
+# ===================================================
+#
+# <VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>SOMETHNG</VAR
+>-FILEFORMAT
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# <VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+>tops
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# pstops
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# gsrip
+# | (= "postscipt interpreter")
+# |
+# V
+# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# rasterto<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+> (f.e. Gimp-Print filters may be plugged in here)
+# | (= "raster driver")
+# |
+# V
+# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# backend
+#
+# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
+# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rasterto<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+> is noted.
+#
+#########################################################################</PRE
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+>#########################################################################
+#
+# This is how "cupsomatic" would come into play with ESP PrintPro:
+# ================================================================
+#
+#
+# <VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>SOMETHNG</VAR
+>-FILEFORMAT
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# <VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+>tops
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# pstops
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT ----------------+
+# | |
+# | V
+# V cupsomatic
+# gsrip (constructs complicated
+# | (= "postscipt interpreter") Ghostscript commandline
+# | to let the file be
+# V processed by a
+# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER "-sDEVICE=<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>s.th.</VAR
+>"
+# | call...)
+# | |
+# V |
+# rasterto<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+> V
+# | (= "raster driver") +-------------------------+
+# | | Ghostscript at work.... |
+# V | |
+# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC *-------------------------+
+# | |
+# | |
+# V |
+# backend &#62;------------------------------------+
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# THE PRINTER
+#
+# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
+# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rasterto<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+> is noted.
+#
+#########################################################################</PRE
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+>#########################################################################
+#
+# And this is how it works for CUPS from 1.1.15:
+# ==============================================
+#
+# <VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>SOMETHNG</VAR
+>-FILEFORMAT
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# <VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+>tops
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# pstops
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT-----+
+# |
+# +------------------v------------------------------+
+# | Ghostscript |
+# | at work... |
+# | (with |
+# | "-sDEVICE=cups") |
+# | |
+# | (= "postscipt interpreter") |
+# | |
+# +------------------v------------------------------+
+# |
+# |
+# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER &#62;-------+
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# rasterto<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+>
+# | (= "raster driver")
+# |
+# V
+# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# backend
+#
+#
+# NOTE: since version 1.1.15 CUPS "outsourced" the pstoraster process to
+# Ghostscript. GNU Ghostscript needs to be patched to handle the
+# CUPS requirement; ESP Ghostscript has this builtin. In any case,
+# "gs -h" needs to show up a "cups" device. pstoraster is now a
+# calling an appropriate "gs -sDEVICE=cups..." commandline to do
+# the job. It will output "application/vnd.cup-raster", which will
+# be finally processed by a CUPS raster driver "rasterto<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+>"
+# Note the difference to "cupsomatic", which will *not* output
+# CUPS-raster, but a final version of the printfile, ready to be
+# sent to the printer. cupsomatic also doesn't use the "cups"
+# devicemode in Ghostscript, but one of the classical devicemodes....
+#
+# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
+# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rasterto<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+> is noted.
+#
+#########################################################################</PRE
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+>#########################################################################
+#
+# And this is how it works for CUPS from 1.1.15, with cupsomatic included:
+# ========================================================================
+#
+# <VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>SOMETHNG</VAR
+>-FILEFORMAT
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# <VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+>tops
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# pstops
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT-----+
+# |
+# +------------------v------------------------------+
+# | Ghostscript . Ghostscript at work.... |
+# | at work... . (with "-sDEVICE= |
+# | (with . <VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>s.th.</VAR
+>" |
+# | "-sDEVICE=cups") . |
+# | . |
+# | (CUPS standard) . (cupsomatic) |
+# | . |
+# | (= "postscript interpreter") |
+# | . |
+# +------------------v--------------v---------------+
+# | |
+# | |
+# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER &#62;-------+ |
+# | |
+# | |
+# V |
+# rasterto<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+> |
+# | (= "raster driver") |
+# | |
+# V |
+# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC &#62;------------------------+
+# |
+# |
+# V
+# backend
+#
+#
+# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
+# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rasterto<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+> is noted.
+#
+##########################################################################</PRE
+></DIV
+><DIV
+CLASS="SECT1"
+><HR><H2
+CLASS="SECT1"
+><A
+NAME="AEN2442"
+>15.4. CUPS Print Drivers and Devices</A
+></H2
+><P
+>CUPS ships with good support for HP LaserJet type printers. You can install
+the driver as follows:
+
+<P
+></P
+><UL
+><LI
+><P
+> lpadmin -p laserjet4plus -v parallel:/dev/lp0 -E -m laserjet.ppd
+ </P
+></LI
+></UL
+>
+
+(The "-m" switch will retrieve the "laserjet.ppd" from the standard repository
+for not-yet-installed-PPDs, which CUPS typically stores in
+<TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>/usr/share/cups/model</TT
+>. Alternatively, you may use
+"-P /absolute/filesystem/path/to/where/there/is/PPD/your.ppd").</P
+><DIV
+CLASS="SECT2"
+><HR><H3
+CLASS="SECT2"
+><A
+NAME="AEN2449"
+>15.4.1. Further printing steps</A
+></H3
+><P
+>Always also consult the database on linuxprinting.org for all recommendations
+about which driver is best used for each printer:</P
+><P
+><A
+HREF="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi"
+TARGET="_top"
+>http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi</A
+></P
+><P
+>There select your model and click on "Show". You'll arrive at a page listing
+all drivers working with your model. There will always be *one*
+<SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>recommended</I
+></SPAN
+> one. Try this one first. In your case
+("HP LaserJet 4 Plus"), you'll arrive here:</P
+><P
+><A
+HREF="http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_printer.cgi?recnum=75104"
+TARGET="_top"
+>http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_printer.cgi?recnum=75104</A
+></P
+><P
+>The recommended driver is "ljet4". It has a link to the page for the ljet4
+driver too:</P
+><P
+><A
+HREF="http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4"
+TARGET="_top"
+>http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4</A
+>&#13;</P
+><P
+>On the driver's page, you'll find important and detailed info about how to use
+that driver within the various available spoolers. You can generate a PPD for
+CUPS. The PPD contains all the info about how to use your model and the driver;
+this is, once installed, working transparently for the user -- you'll only
+need to choose resolution, paper size etc. from the web-based menu or from
+the print dialog GUI or from the commandline...</P
+><P
+>On the driver's page, choose to use the "PPD-O-Matic" online PPD generator
+program. Select your model and click "Generate PPD file". When you safe the
+appearing ASCII text file, don't use "cut'n'past" (as it could possiblly corrupt
+line endings and tabs), but use "Save as..." in your browser's menu. Save it
+at "/some/path/on/your/filesystem/somewhere/my-name-for-my-printer.ppd"</P
+><P
+>Then install the printer:</P
+><P
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+> "lpadmin -p laserjet4plus -v parallel:/dev/lp0 -E -P /some/path/on/your/filesystem/somewhere/my-name-for-my-printer.ppd"</PRE
+></P
+><P
+>Note, that for all the "Foomatic-PPDs" from Linuxprinting.org, you also need
+a special "CUPS filter" named "cupsomatic". Get the latest version of
+"cupsomatic" from:</P
+><P
+><A
+HREF="http://www.linuxprinting.org/cupsomatic"
+TARGET="_top"
+>http://www.linuxprinting.org/cupsomatic</A
+></P
+><P
+>This needs to be copied to <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>/usr/lib/cups/filter/cupsomatic</TT
+>
+and be made world executable. This filter is needed to read and act upon the
+specially encoded Foomatic comments, embedded in the printfile, which in turn
+are used to construct (transparently for you, the user) the complicated
+ghostscript command line needed for your printer/driver combo.</P
+><P
+>You can have a look at all the options for the Ghostscript commandline supported
+by your printer and the ljet4 driver by going to the section "Execution details",
+selecting your model (Laserjet 4 Plus) and clicking on "Show execution details".
+This will bring up this web page:</P
+><P
+><A
+HREF="http://www.linuxprinting.org/execution.cgi?driver=ljet4&printer=75104&.submit=Show+execution+details"
+TARGET="_top"
+>http://www.linuxprinting.org/execution.cgi?driver=ljet4&#38;printer=75104&#38;.submit=Show+execution+details</A
+></P
+><P
+>The ingenious thing is that the database is kept current. If there
+is a bug fix and an improvement somewhere in the database, you will
+always get the most current and stable and feature-rich driver by following
+the steps described above.</P
+><DIV
+CLASS="NOTE"
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+CLASS="NOTE"
+WIDTH="100%"
+BORDER="0"
+><TR
+><TD
+WIDTH="25"
+ALIGN="CENTER"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><IMG
+SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif"
+HSPACE="5"
+ALT="Note"></TD
+><TD
+ALIGN="LEFT"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><P
+>Till Kamppeter from MandrakeSoft is doing an excellent job here that too few
+people are aware of. (So if you use it often, please send him a note showing
+your appreciation).</P
+></TD
+></TR
+></TABLE
+></DIV
+><P
+>The latest and greatest improvement now is support for "custom page sizes"
+for all those printers which support it.</P
+><P
+>"cupsomatic" is documented here:</P
+><P
+><A
+HREF="http://www.linuxprinting.org/cups-doc.html"
+TARGET="_top"
+>http://www.linuxprinting.org/cups-doc.html</A
+></P
+><P
+>More printing tutorial info may be found here:</P
+><P
+><A
+HREF="http://www.linuxprinting.org/kpfeifle/LinuxKongress2002/Tutorial/"
+TARGET="_top"
+>http://www.linuxprinting.org/kpfeifle/LinuxKongress2002/Tutorial/</A
+></P
+><P
+>Note, that *all* the Foomatic drivers listed on Linuxprinting.org (now
+approaching the "all-time high" number of 1.000 for the supported models)
+are using a special filtering chain involving Ghostscript, as described
+in this document.</P
+><P
+>Summary - You need:</P
+><P
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+BORDER="0"
+><TBODY
+><TR
+><TD
+>A "foomatic+<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>something</VAR
+>" PPD is not enough to print with CUPS (but it is *one* important component)</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+>The "cupsomatic" filter script (Perl) in <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>/usr/lib/cups/filters/</TT
+></TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+>Perl to make cupsomatic run</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+>Ghostscript (because it is called and controlled by the PPD/cupsomatic combo in a way to fit your printermodel/driver combo.</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+>Ghostscript *must*, depending on the driver/model, contain support for a certain "device" (as shown by "gs -h")</TD
+></TR
+></TBODY
+></TABLE
+><P
+></P
+>&#13;</P
+><P
+>In the case of the "hpijs" driver, you need a Ghostscript version, which
+has "ijs" amongst its supported devices in "gs -h". In the case of
+"hpijs+foomatic", a valid ghostscript commandline would be reading like this:</P
+><P
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+> gs -q -dBATCH -dPARANOIDSAFER -dQUIET -dNOPAUSE -sDEVICE=ijs \
+ -sIjsServer=hpijs<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>PageSize</VAR
+> -dDuplex=<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>Duplex</VAR
+> <VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>Model</VAR
+> \
+ -r<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>Resolution</VAR
+>,PS:MediaPosition=<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>InputSlot</VAR
+> -dIjsUseOutputFD \
+ -sOutputFile=- -</PRE
+></P
+><DIV
+CLASS="NOTE"
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+CLASS="NOTE"
+WIDTH="100%"
+BORDER="0"
+><TR
+><TD
+WIDTH="25"
+ALIGN="CENTER"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><IMG
+SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif"
+HSPACE="5"
+ALT="Note"></TD
+><TD
+ALIGN="LEFT"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><P
+>Note, that with CUPS and the "hpijs+foomatic" PPD (plus Perl and cupsomatic)
+you don't need to remember this. You can choose the available print options
+thru a GUI print command (like "glp" from ESP's commercially supported
+PrintPro software, or KDE's "kprinter", or GNOME's "gtklp" or the independent
+"xpp") or the CUPS web interface via human-readable drop-down selection
+menus.</P
+></TD
+></TR
+></TABLE
+></DIV
+><P
+>If you use "ESP Ghostscript" (also under the GPL, provided by Easy Software
+Products, the makers of CUPS, downloadable from
+<A
+HREF="http://www.cups.org/software.html"
+TARGET="_top"
+>http://www.cups.org/software.html</A
+>,
+co-maintained by the developers of linuxprinting.org), you are guaranteed to
+have in use the most uptodate, bug-fixed, enhanced and stable version of a Free
+Ghostscript. It contains support for ~300 devices, whereas plain vanilla
+GNU Ghostscript 7.05 only has ~200.</P
+><P
+>If you print only one CUPS test page, from the web interface and when you try to
+print a windows test page, it acts like the job was never sent:
+
+<P
+></P
+><TABLE
+BORDER="0"
+><TBODY
+><TR
+><TD
+>Can you print "standard" jobs from the CUPS machine?</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+>Are the jobs from Windows visible in the Web interface on CUPS (http://localhost:631/)?</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>Most important:</I
+></SPAN
+> What kind of printer driver are you using on the Windows clients?</TD
+></TR
+></TBODY
+></TABLE
+><P
+></P
+>
+
+You can try to get a more detailed debugging info by setting "LogLevel debug" in
+<TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</TT
+>, re-start cupsd and investigate <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>/var/log/cups/error_log</TT
+>
+for the whereabouts of your Windows-originating printjobs:</P
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+BORDER="0"
+><TBODY
+><TR
+><TD
+>what does the "auto-typing" line say? which is the "MIME type" CUPS thinks is arriving from the Windows clients?</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+>are there "filter" available for this MIME type?</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+>are there "filter rules" defined in "/etc/cups/mime.convs" for this MIME type?</TD
+></TR
+></TBODY
+></TABLE
+><P
+></P
+></DIV
+></DIV
+><DIV
+CLASS="SECT1"
+><HR><H2
+CLASS="SECT1"
+><A
+NAME="AEN2519"
+>15.5. Limiting the number of pages users can print</A
+></H2
+><P
+>The feature you want is dependent on the real print subsystem you're using.
+Samba's part is always to receive the job files from the clients (filtered
+*or* unfiltered) and hand it over to this printing subsystem.</P
+><P
+>Of course one could "hack" things with one's own scripts.</P
+><P
+>But there is CUPS (Common Unix Printing System). CUPS supports "quotas".
+Quotas can be based on sizes of jobs or on the number of pages or both,
+and are spanning any time period you want.</P
+><P
+>This is an example command how root would set a print quota in CUPS,
+assuming an existing printer named "quotaprinter":</P
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+> lpadmin -p quotaprinter -o job-quota-period=604800 -o job-k-limit=1024 -o job-page-limit=100</PRE
+><P
+>This would limit every single user to print 100 pages or 1024 KB of
+data (whichever comes first) within the last 604.800 seconds ( = 1 week).</P
+><P
+>For CUPS to count correctly, the printfile needs to pass the CUPS "pstops" filter,
+otherwise it uses a "dummy" count of "1". Some printfiles don't pass it
+(eg: image files) but then those are mostly 1 page jobs anyway. This also means,
+proprietary drivers for the target printer running on the client computers and
+CUPS/Samba then spooling these files as "raw" (i.e. leaving them untouched, not
+filtering them), will be counted as "1-pagers" too!</P
+><P
+>You need to send PostScript from the clients (i.e. run a PostScript driver there)
+for having the chance to get accounting done. If the printer is a non-PostScript model,
+you need to let CUPS do the job to convert the file to a print-ready format for the
+target printer. This will be working for currently ~1.000 different printer models, see</P
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+> http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi</PRE
+><P
+>Before CUPS-1.1.16 your only option was to use the Adobe PostScript
+Driver on the Windows clients. The output of this driver was not always
+passed thru the "pstops" filter on the CUPS/Samba side, and therefor was
+not counted correctly (the reason is that it often --- depending on the
+"PPD" being used --- did write a "PJL"-header in front of the real
+PostScript which made CUPS to skip the pstops and go directy to
+the "pstoraster" stage).</P
+><P
+>From CUPS-1.1.16 onward you can use the "CUPS PostScript Driver
+for Windows NT/2K/XP clients" (it is tagged in the download area of
+http://www.cups.org/ as the "cups-samba-1.1.16.tar.gz" package).
+It is *not* working for Win9x/ME clients. But it:</P
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+BORDER="0"
+><TBODY
+><TR
+><TD
+>&#62;it guarantees to not write an PJL-header</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+>it guarantees to still read and support all PJL-options named in the driver PPD with its own means</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+>it guarantees the file going thru the "pstops" filter on the CUPS/Samba server</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+>it guarantees to page-count correctly the printfile</TD
+></TR
+></TBODY
+></TABLE
+><P
+></P
+><P
+>You can read more about the setup of this combination in the
+manpage for "cupsaddsmb" (only present with CUPS installed, only
+current with CUPS 1.1.16).</P
+><P
+>These are the items CUPS logs in the "page_log" for every single *page* of a job:</P
+><P
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+> * Printer name
+ * User name
+ * Job ID
+ * Time of printing
+ * the page number
+ * the number of copies
+ * a billing info string (optional)</PRE
+></P
+><P
+>Here is an extract of my CUPS server's page_log file to illustrate
+the format and included items:</P
+><P
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+> infotec_IS2027 kurt 40 [22/Nov/2002:13:18:03 +0100] 1 2 #marketing
+ infotec_IS2027 kurt 40 [22/Nov/2002:13:18:03 +0100] 2 2 #marketing
+ infotec_IS2027 kurt 40 [22/Nov/2002:13:18:03 +0100] 3 2 #marketing
+ infotec_IS2027 kurt 40 [22/Nov/2002:13:18:03 +0100] 4 2 #marketing
+ infotec_IS2027 kurt 40 [22/Nov/2002:13:18:03 +0100] 5 2 #marketing
+ infotec_IS2027 kurt 40 [22/Nov/2002:13:18:03 +0100] 6 2 #marketing</PRE
+></P
+><P
+>This was Job ID "40", printed on "infotec_IS2027" by user "kurt", a 6-page job
+printed in 2 copies and billed to "#marketing"...</P
+><P
+>What flaws or shortcomings are there?</P
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+BORDER="0"
+><TBODY
+><TR
+><TD
+>the ones named above</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+> CUPS really counts the job pages being *processsed in software*
+ (going thru the "RIP") rather than the physical sheets successfully
+ leaving the printing device -- if there is a jam while printing
+ the 5th sheet out of 1000 and the job is aborted by the printer,
+ the "page count" will still show the figure of 1000 for that job
+ </TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+> all quotas are the same for all users (no flexibility to give the
+ boss a higher quota than the clerk) no support for groups
+ </TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+> no means to read out the current balance or "used-up" number of current quota
+ </TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+> a user having used up 99 sheets of 100 quota will still be able to send and print a 1.000 sheet job
+ </TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+> a user being denied a job because of a filled-up quota doesn't get a meaningful
+ error message from CUPS other than "client-error-not-possible".
+ </TD
+></TR
+></TBODY
+></TABLE
+><P
+></P
+><P
+>But this is the best system out there currently. And there are
+huge improvements under development:</P
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+BORDER="0"
+><TBODY
+><TR
+><TD
+>page counting will go into the "backends" (these talk
+ directly to the printer and will increase the count in sync with the
+ actual printing process -- a jam at the 5th sheet will lead to a stop in the counting)</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+>quotas will be handled more flexibly</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+>probably there will be support for users to inquire their "accounts" in advance</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+>probably there will be support for some other tools around this topic</TD
+></TR
+></TBODY
+></TABLE
+><P
+></P
+><P
+>Other than the current stage of the CUPS development, I don't
+know any other ready-to-use tool which you could consider.</P
+><P
+>You can download the driver files from
+<A
+HREF="http://www.cups.org/software.html"
+TARGET="_top"
+>http://www.cups.org/software.html</A
+>.
+It is a separate package from the CUPS base software files, tagged as "CUPS 1.1.16
+Windows NT/2k/XP Printer Driver for SAMBA (tar.gz, 192k)". The filename to
+download is "cups-samba-1.1.16.tar.gz". Upon untar-/unzip-ping it will reveal
+the files:</P
+><P
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+> cups-samba.install
+ cups-samba.license
+ cups-samba.readme
+ cups-samba.remove
+ cups-samba.ss</PRE
+></P
+><P
+>These have been packaged with the ESP meta packager software "EPM". The
+*.install and *.remove files are simple shell script, which untars the
+*.ss (which is nothing else than a tar-archive) and puts its contents
+into <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>/usr/share/cups/drivers/</TT
+>. Its contents are 3 files:</P
+><P
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+> cupsdrvr.dll
+ cupsui.dll
+ cups.hlp</PRE
+></P
+><DIV
+CLASS="NOTE"
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+CLASS="NOTE"
+WIDTH="100%"
+BORDER="0"
+><TR
+><TD
+WIDTH="25"
+ALIGN="CENTER"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><IMG
+SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif"
+HSPACE="5"
+ALT="Note"></TD
+><TD
+ALIGN="LEFT"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><P
+>ATTENTION: due to a bug one CUPS release puts the <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>cups.hlp</TT
+>
+into <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>/usr/share/drivers/</TT
+> instead of
+<TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>/usr/share/cups/drivers/</TT
+>. To work around this, copy/move
+the file after running the "./cups-samba.install" script manually to the right place:</P
+><P
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+> cp /usr/share/drivers/cups.hlp /usr/share/cups/drivers/</PRE
+></P
+></TD
+></TR
+></TABLE
+></DIV
+><DIV
+CLASS="NOTE"
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+CLASS="NOTE"
+WIDTH="100%"
+BORDER="0"
+><TR
+><TD
+WIDTH="25"
+ALIGN="CENTER"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><IMG
+SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif"
+HSPACE="5"
+ALT="Note"></TD
+><TD
+ALIGN="LEFT"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><P
+>This new CUPS PostScript driver is currently binary-only, but free
+no source code is provided (yet). The reason is this: it has
+been developed with the help of the Microsoft Driver Developer Kit (DDK)
+and compiled with Microsoft Visual Studio 6. It is not clear to the driver
+developers if they are allowed to distribute the whole of the source code
+as Free Software. However, they will likely release the "diff" in source
+code under the GPL, so anybody with a license of Visual Studio and a DDK
+will be able to compile for him/herself.</P
+><P
+>Once you have run the install script (and possibly manually moved the
+"cups.hlp" file to "/usr/share/cups/drivers/"), the driver is ready to be
+put into Samba's [print$] share (which often maps to "/etc/samba/drivers/"
+and contains a subdir tree with WIN40 and W32X86 branches), by running
+"cupsaddsmb" (see also "man cupsaddsmb" for CUPS 1.1.16). [Don't forget to
+put root into the smbpasswd file by running "smbpasswd" should you run
+this whole procedure for the first time.] Once the driver files are in the
+[print$] share, they are ready to be downloaded and installed by the
+Win NT/2k/XP clients.</P
+></TD
+></TR
+></TABLE
+></DIV
+><DIV
+CLASS="NOTE"
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+CLASS="NOTE"
+WIDTH="100%"
+BORDER="0"
+><TR
+><TD
+WIDTH="25"
+ALIGN="CENTER"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><IMG
+SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif"
+HSPACE="5"
+ALT="Note"></TD
+><TD
+ALIGN="LEFT"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><P
+>NOTE 1: Win 9x/ME clients won't work with this driver. For these you'd
+still need to use the ADOBE*.* drivers as previously.</P
+></TD
+></TR
+></TABLE
+></DIV
+><DIV
+CLASS="NOTE"
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+CLASS="NOTE"
+WIDTH="100%"
+BORDER="0"
+><TR
+><TD
+WIDTH="25"
+ALIGN="CENTER"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><IMG
+SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif"
+HSPACE="5"
+ALT="Note"></TD
+><TD
+ALIGN="LEFT"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><P
+>NOTE 2: It is not harming if you've still the ADOBE*.* driver files from
+previous installations in the "/usr/share/cups/drivers/" directory.
+The new cupsaddsmb (from 1.1.16) will automatically use the
+"newest" installed driver (which here then is the CUPS drivers).</P
+></TD
+></TR
+></TABLE
+></DIV
+><DIV
+CLASS="NOTE"
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+CLASS="NOTE"
+WIDTH="100%"
+BORDER="0"
+><TR
+><TD
+WIDTH="25"
+ALIGN="CENTER"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><IMG
+SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif"
+HSPACE="5"
+ALT="Note"></TD
+><TD
+ALIGN="LEFT"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><P
+>NOTE 3: Should your Win clients have had the old ADOBE*.* files and the
+Adobe PostScript drivers installed, the download and installation
+of the new CUPS PostScript driver for Windows NT/2k/XP will fail
+at first.</P
+><P
+>It is not enough to "delete" the printer (as the driver files
+will still be kept by the clients and re-used if you try to
+re-install the printer). To really get rid of the Adobe driver
+files on the clients, open the "Printers" folder (possibly via
+"Start --&#62; Settings --&#62; Control Panel --&#62; Printers"), right-click
+onto the folder background and select "Server Properties". A
+new dialog opens; select the "Drivers" tab; on the list select
+the driver you want to delete and click on the "Delete" button.
+(This will only work if there is no single printer left which
+uses that particular driver -- you need to "delete" all printers
+using this driver in the "Printers" folder first.)</P
+></TD
+></TR
+></TABLE
+></DIV
+><DIV
+CLASS="NOTE"
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+CLASS="NOTE"
+WIDTH="100%"
+BORDER="0"
+><TR
+><TD
+WIDTH="25"
+ALIGN="CENTER"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><IMG
+SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif"
+HSPACE="5"
+ALT="Note"></TD
+><TD
+ALIGN="LEFT"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><P
+>Once you have successfully downloaded the CUPS PostScript driver
+to a client, you can easily switch all printers to this one
+by proceeding as described elsewhere in the "Samba HOWTO
+Collection" to change a driver for an existing printer.</P
+></TD
+></TR
+></TABLE
+></DIV
+><P
+>What are the benefits with the "CUPS PostScript driver for Windows NT/2k/XP"
+as compared to the Adobe drivers?</P
+><P
+><P
+></P
+><UL
+><LI
+><P
+> no hassle with the Adobe EULA
+ </P
+></LI
+><LI
+><P
+> no hassle with the question "where do I get the ADOBE*.* driver files from?"
+ </P
+></LI
+><LI
+><P
+> the Adobe drivers (depending on the printer PPD associated with them)
+ often put a PJL header in front of the core PostScript part of the print
+ file (thus the file starts with "<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>1B</VAR
+>%-12345X" or "<VAR
+CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
+>escape</VAR
+>%-12345X"
+ instead of "%!PS"). This leads to the CUPS daemon autotyping the
+ arriving file as a print-ready file, not requiring a pass thru the
+ "pstops" filter (to speak more technical, it is not regarded as the
+ generic MIME type "application/postscript", but as the more special
+ MIME type "application/cups.vnd-postscript"), which therefore also
+ leads to the page accounting in "/var/log/cups/page_log" not receiving
+ the exact mumber of pages; instead the dummy page number of "1" is
+ logged in a standard setup)
+ </P
+></LI
+><LI
+><P
+> the Adobe driver has more options to "mis-configure" the PostScript
+ generated by it (like setting it inadvertedly to "Optimize for Speed",
+ instead of "Optimize for Portability", which could lead to CUPS being
+ unable to process it)
+ </P
+></LI
+><LI
+><P
+> the CUPS PostScript driver output sent by Windows clients to the CUPS
+ server will be guaranteed to be auto-typed as generic MIME type
+ "application/postscript", thusly passing thru the CUPS "pstops" filter
+ and logging the correct number of pages in the page_log for accounting
+ and quota purposes
+ </P
+></LI
+><LI
+><P
+> the CUPS PostScript driver supports the sending of additional print
+ options by the Win NT/2k/XP clients, such as naming the CUPS standard
+ banner pages (or the custom ones, should they be installed at the time
+ of driver download), using the CUPS "page-label" option, setting a
+ job-priority and setting the scheduled time of printing (with the option
+ to support additional useful IPP job attributes in the future).
+ </P
+></LI
+><LI
+><P
+> the CUPS PostScript driver supports the inclusion of the new
+ "*cupsJobTicket" comments at the beginnig of the PostScript file (which
+ could be used in the future for all sort of beneficial extensions on
+ the CUPS side, but which will not disturb any other application as those
+ will regard it as a comment and simply ignore it).
+ </P
+></LI
+><LI
+><P
+> the CUPS PostScript driver will be the heart of the fully fledged CUPS
+ IPP client for Windows NT/2k/XP to be released soon (probably alongside
+ the first Beta release for CUPS 1.2).
+ </P
+></LI
+></UL
+></P
+></DIV
+><DIV
+CLASS="SECT1"
+><HR><H2
+CLASS="SECT1"
+><A
+NAME="AEN2608"
+>15.6. Advanced Postscript Printing from MS Windows</A
+></H2
+><P
+>Let the Windows Clients use a PostScript driver to deliver poistscript to
+the samba print server (just like any Linux or Unix Client would also use
+PostScript to send to the server)</P
+><P
+>Make the Unix printing subsystem to which Samba sends the job convert the
+incoming PostScript files to the native print format of the target printers
+(would be PCL if you have an HP printer)</P
+><P
+>Now if you are afraid that this would just mean using a *Generic* PostScript
+driver for the clients that has no Simplex/Duplex selection, and no paper tray
+choice, but you need them to be able to set up print jobs, with all the bells
+and whistles of your printers:-</P
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+BORDER="0"
+><TBODY
+><TR
+><TD
+>Not possible with traditional spooling systems</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+> But perfectly supported by CUPS (which uses "PPD" files to
+ describe how to control the print options for PostScript and
+ non-PostScript devices alike...
+ </TD
+></TR
+></TBODY
+></TABLE
+><P
+></P
+><P
+>CUPS PPDs are working perfectly on Windows clients who use Adobe PostScript
+drivers (or the new CUPS PostScript driver for Windows NT/2K/XP). Clients can use
+them to setup the job to their liking and CUPS will use the received job options
+to make the (PCL-, ESC/P- or PostScript-) printer behave as required.</P
+><P
+>If you want to have the additional benefit of page count logging and accounting
+then the CUPS PostScript driver is the best choice (better than the Adobe one).</P
+><P
+>If you want to make the drivers downloadable for the clients then "cupsaddsmb" is
+your friend. It will setup the [print$] share on the Samba host to be ready to serve
+the clients for a "point and print" driver installation.</P
+><DIV
+CLASS="WARNING"
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+CLASS="WARNING"
+WIDTH="100%"
+BORDER="0"
+><TR
+><TD
+WIDTH="25"
+ALIGN="CENTER"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><IMG
+SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/warning.gif"
+HSPACE="5"
+ALT="Warning"></TD
+><TD
+ALIGN="LEFT"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><P
+>What strings are attached?</P
+></TD
+></TR
+></TABLE
+></DIV
+><P
+>There are some. But, given the sheer CPU power you can buy nowadays,
+these can be overcome easily. The strings:</P
+><P
+>Well, if the CUPS/Samba side will have to print to many printers serving many users,
+you probably will need to set up a second server (which can do automatic load balancing
+with the first one, plus a degree of fail-over mechanism). Converting the incoming
+PostScript jobs, "interpreting" them for non-PostScript printers, amounts to the work
+of a "RIP" (Raster Image Processor) done in software. This requires more CPU and RAM
+than for the mere "raw spooling" task your current setup is solving. It all depends
+on the avarage and peak printing load the server should be able to handle.</P
+></DIV
+><DIV
+CLASS="SECT1"
+><HR><H2
+CLASS="SECT1"
+><A
+NAME="AEN2623"
+>15.7. Auto-Deletion of CUPS spool files</A
+></H2
+><P
+>Samba print files pass thru two "spool" directories. One the incoming directory
+managed by Samba, (set eg: in the "path = /var/spool/samba" directive in the [printers]
+section of "smb.conf"). Second is the spool directory of your UNIX print subsystem.
+For CUPS it is normally "/var/spool/cups/", as set by the cupsd.conf directive
+"RequestRoot /var/spool/cups".</P
+><P
+>I am not sure, which one of your directories keeps the files. From what you say,
+it is most likely the Samba part.</P
+><P
+>For the CUPS part, you may want to consult:</P
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+> http://localhost:631/sam.html#PreserveJobFiles and
+ http://localhost:631/sam.html#PreserveJobHistory and
+ http://localhost:631/sam.html#MaxJobs</PRE
+><P
+>There are the settings described for your CUPS daemon, which could lead to completed
+job files not being deleted.</P
+><P
+>"PreserveJobHistory Yes" -- keeps some details of jobs in
+cupsd's mind (well it keeps the "c12345", "c12346" etc. files
+in the CUPS spool directory, which do a similar job as the
+old-fashioned BSD-LPD control files). This is set to "Yes"
+as a default.</P
+><P
+>"PreserveJobFiles Yes" -- keeps the job files themselves in
+cupsd's mind (well it keeps the "d12345", "d12346" etc. files
+in the CUPS spool directory...). This is set to "No" as the
+CUPS default.</P
+><P
+>"MaxJobs 500" -- this directive controls the maximum number
+of jobs that are kept in memory. Once the number of jobs
+reaches the limit, the oldest completed job is automatically
+purged from the system to make room for the new one. If all
+of the known jobs are still pending or active then the new
+job will be rejected. Setting the maximum to 0 disables this
+functionality. The default setting is 0.</P
+><P
+>(There are also additional settings for "MaxJobsPerUser" and
+"MaxJobsPerPrinter"...)</P
+><P
+>For everything to work as announced, you need to have three things:</P
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+BORDER="0"
+><TBODY
+><TR
+><TD
+> a Samba-smbd which is compiled against "libcups" (Check on Linux by running "ldd `which smbd`")
+ </TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+> a Samba-smb.conf setting of "printing = cups"
+ </TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+> another Samba-smb.conf setting of "printcap = cups"
+ </TD
+></TR
+></TBODY
+></TABLE
+><P
+></P
+><DIV
+CLASS="NOTE"
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+CLASS="NOTE"
+WIDTH="100%"
+BORDER="0"
+><TR
+><TD
+WIDTH="25"
+ALIGN="CENTER"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><IMG
+SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif"
+HSPACE="5"
+ALT="Note"></TD
+><TD
+ALIGN="LEFT"
+VALIGN="TOP"
+><P
+>Note, that in this case all other manually set printing-related
+commands (like "print command", "lpq command", "lprm command",
+"lppause command" or "lpresume command") are ignored and they
+should normally have no influence what-so-ever on your printing.</P
+></TD
+></TR
+></TABLE
+></DIV
+><P
+>If you want to do things manually, replace the "printing = cups"
+by "printing = bsd". Then your manually set commands may work
+(haven't tested this), and a "print command = lp -d %P %s; rm %s"
+may do what you need.</P
+><P
+>You forgot to mention the CUPS version you're using. If you did
+set things up as described in the man pages, then the Samba
+spool files should be deleted. Otherwise it may be a bug. On
+the CUPS side, you can control the behaviour as described
+above.</P
+><P
+>If you have more problems, post the output of these commands:</P
+><P
+><PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+> grep -v ^# /etc/cups/cupsd.conf | grep -v ^$
+ grep -v ^# /etc/samba/smb.conf | grep -v ^$ | grep -v "^;"</PRE
+></P
+><P
+>(adapt paths as needed). These commands sanitize the files
+and cut out the empty lines and lines with comments, providing
+the "naked settings" in a compact way.</P
+></DIV
+></DIV
+><DIV
+CLASS="CHAPTER"
+><HR><H1
+><A
NAME="WINBIND"
></A
->Chapter 15. Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</H1
+>Chapter 16. Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2362"
->15.1. Abstract</A
+NAME="AEN2685"
+>16.1. Abstract</A
></H2
><P
>Integration of UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT through
@@ -11914,8 +13881,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2366"
->15.2. Introduction</A
+NAME="AEN2689"
+>16.2. Introduction</A
></H2
><P
>It is well known that UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT have
@@ -11968,8 +13935,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2379"
->15.3. What Winbind Provides</A
+NAME="AEN2702"
+>16.3. What Winbind Provides</A
></H2
><P
>Winbind unifies UNIX and Windows NT account management by
@@ -12010,8 +13977,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2386"
->15.3.1. Target Uses</A
+NAME="AEN2709"
+>16.3.1. Target Uses</A
></H3
><P
>Winbind is targeted at organizations that have an
@@ -12034,8 +14001,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2390"
->15.4. How Winbind Works</A
+NAME="AEN2713"
+>16.4. How Winbind Works</A
></H2
><P
>The winbind system is designed around a client/server
@@ -12054,8 +14021,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2395"
->15.4.1. Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</A
+NAME="AEN2718"
+>16.4.1. Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</A
></H3
><P
>Over the last few years, efforts have been underway
@@ -12080,8 +14047,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2399"
->15.4.2. Microsoft Active Directory Services</A
+NAME="AEN2722"
+>16.4.2. Microsoft Active Directory Services</A
></H3
><P
> Since late 2001, Samba has gained the ability to
@@ -12099,8 +14066,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2402"
->15.4.3. Name Service Switch</A
+NAME="AEN2725"
+>16.4.3. Name Service Switch</A
></H3
><P
>The Name Service Switch, or NSS, is a feature that is
@@ -12179,8 +14146,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2418"
->15.4.4. Pluggable Authentication Modules</A
+NAME="AEN2741"
+>16.4.4. Pluggable Authentication Modules</A
></H3
><P
>Pluggable Authentication Modules, also known as PAM,
@@ -12228,8 +14195,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2426"
->15.4.5. User and Group ID Allocation</A
+NAME="AEN2749"
+>16.4.5. User and Group ID Allocation</A
></H3
><P
>When a user or group is created under Windows NT
@@ -12254,8 +14221,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2430"
->15.4.6. Result Caching</A
+NAME="AEN2753"
+>16.4.6. Result Caching</A
></H3
><P
>An active system can generate a lot of user and group
@@ -12277,8 +14244,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2433"
->15.5. Installation and Configuration</A
+NAME="AEN2756"
+>16.5. Installation and Configuration</A
></H2
><P
>Many thanks to John Trostel <A
@@ -12296,8 +14263,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2438"
->15.5.1. Introduction</A
+NAME="AEN2761"
+>16.5.1. Introduction</A
></H3
><P
>This HOWTO describes the procedures used to get winbind up and
@@ -12355,8 +14322,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2451"
->15.5.2. Requirements</A
+NAME="AEN2774"
+>16.5.2. Requirements</A
></H3
><P
>If you have a samba configuration file that you are currently
@@ -12425,8 +14392,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2465"
->15.5.3. Testing Things Out</A
+NAME="AEN2788"
+>16.5.3. Testing Things Out</A
></H3
><P
>Before starting, it is probably best to kill off all the SAMBA
@@ -12470,8 +14437,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H4
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN2476"
->15.5.3.1. Configure and compile SAMBA</A
+NAME="AEN2799"
+>16.5.3.1. Configure and compile SAMBA</A
></H4
><P
>The configuration and compilation of SAMBA is pretty straightforward.
@@ -12536,8 +14503,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H4
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN2495"
->15.5.3.2. Configure <TT
+NAME="AEN2818"
+>16.5.3.2. Configure <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>nsswitch.conf</TT
> and the
@@ -12641,8 +14608,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H4
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN2528"
->15.5.3.3. Configure smb.conf</A
+NAME="AEN2851"
+>16.5.3.3. Configure smb.conf</A
></H4
><P
>Several parameters are needed in the smb.conf file to control
@@ -12716,8 +14683,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H4
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN2544"
->15.5.3.4. Join the SAMBA server to the PDC domain</A
+NAME="AEN2867"
+>16.5.3.4. Join the SAMBA server to the PDC domain</A
></H4
><P
>Enter the following command to make the SAMBA server join the
@@ -12754,8 +14721,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H4
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN2555"
->15.5.3.5. Start up the winbindd daemon and test it!</A
+NAME="AEN2878"
+>16.5.3.5. Start up the winbindd daemon and test it!</A
></H4
><P
>Eventually, you will want to modify your smb startup script to
@@ -12890,16 +14857,16 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H4
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN2595"
->15.5.3.6. Fix the init.d startup scripts</A
+NAME="AEN2918"
+>16.5.3.6. Fix the init.d startup scripts</A
></H4
><DIV
CLASS="SECT4"
><H5
CLASS="SECT4"
><A
-NAME="AEN2597"
->15.5.3.6.1. Linux</A
+NAME="AEN2920"
+>16.5.3.6.1. Linux</A
></H5
><P
>The <B
@@ -13008,8 +14975,8 @@ CLASS="SECT4"
><HR><H5
CLASS="SECT4"
><A
-NAME="AEN2617"
->15.5.3.6.2. Solaris</A
+NAME="AEN2940"
+>16.5.3.6.2. Solaris</A
></H5
><P
>On solaris, you need to modify the
@@ -13092,8 +15059,8 @@ CLASS="SECT4"
><HR><H5
CLASS="SECT4"
><A
-NAME="AEN2627"
->15.5.3.6.3. Restarting</A
+NAME="AEN2950"
+>16.5.3.6.3. Restarting</A
></H5
><P
>If you restart the <B
@@ -13116,8 +15083,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H4
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN2633"
->15.5.3.7. Configure Winbind and PAM</A
+NAME="AEN2956"
+>16.5.3.7. Configure Winbind and PAM</A
></H4
><P
>If you have made it this far, you know that winbindd and samba are working
@@ -13174,8 +15141,8 @@ CLASS="SECT4"
><HR><H5
CLASS="SECT4"
><A
-NAME="AEN2650"
->15.5.3.7.1. Linux/FreeBSD-specific PAM configuration</A
+NAME="AEN2973"
+>16.5.3.7.1. Linux/FreeBSD-specific PAM configuration</A
></H5
><P
>The <TT
@@ -13303,8 +15270,8 @@ CLASS="SECT4"
><HR><H5
CLASS="SECT4"
><A
-NAME="AEN2683"
->15.5.3.7.2. Solaris-specific configuration</A
+NAME="AEN3006"
+>16.5.3.7.2. Solaris-specific configuration</A
></H5
><P
>The /etc/pam.conf needs to be changed. I changed this file so that my Domain
@@ -13390,8 +15357,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2690"
->15.6. Limitations</A
+NAME="AEN3013"
+>16.6. Limitations</A
></H2
><P
>Winbind has a number of limitations in its current
@@ -13432,8 +15399,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2700"
->15.7. Conclusion</A
+NAME="AEN3023"
+>16.7. Conclusion</A
></H2
><P
>The winbind system, through the use of the Name Service
@@ -13450,14 +15417,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="IMPROVED-BROWSING"
></A
->Chapter 16. Improved browsing in samba</H1
+>Chapter 17. Improved browsing in samba</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2710"
->16.1. Overview of browsing</A
+NAME="AEN3033"
+>17.1. Overview of browsing</A
></H2
><P
>SMB networking provides a mechanism by which clients can access a list
@@ -13485,8 +15452,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2715"
->16.2. Browsing support in samba</A
+NAME="AEN3038"
+>17.2. Browsing support in samba</A
></H2
><P
>Samba facilitates browsing. The browsing is supported by nmbd
@@ -13528,8 +15495,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2723"
->16.3. Problem resolution</A
+NAME="AEN3046"
+>17.3. Problem resolution</A
></H2
><P
>If something doesn't work then hopefully the log.nmb file will help
@@ -13575,8 +15542,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2732"
->16.4. Browsing across subnets</A
+NAME="AEN3055"
+>17.4. Browsing across subnets</A
></H2
><P
>Since the release of Samba 1.9.17(alpha1) Samba has been
@@ -13606,8 +15573,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2737"
->16.4.1. How does cross subnet browsing work ?</A
+NAME="AEN3060"
+>17.4.1. How does cross subnet browsing work ?</A
></H3
><P
>Cross subnet browsing is a complicated dance, containing multiple
@@ -13817,8 +15784,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2772"
->16.5. Setting up a WINS server</A
+NAME="AEN3095"
+>17.5. Setting up a WINS server</A
></H2
><P
>Either a Samba machine or a Windows NT Server machine may be set up
@@ -13900,8 +15867,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2791"
->16.6. Setting up Browsing in a WORKGROUP</A
+NAME="AEN3114"
+>17.6. Setting up Browsing in a WORKGROUP</A
></H2
><P
>To set up cross subnet browsing on a network containing machines
@@ -13985,8 +15952,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2809"
->16.7. Setting up Browsing in a DOMAIN</A
+NAME="AEN3132"
+>17.7. Setting up Browsing in a DOMAIN</A
></H2
><P
>If you are adding Samba servers to a Windows NT Domain then
@@ -14036,8 +16003,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2819"
->16.8. Forcing samba to be the master</A
+NAME="AEN3142"
+>17.8. Forcing samba to be the master</A
></H2
><P
>Who becomes the "master browser" is determined by an election process
@@ -14084,8 +16051,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2828"
->16.9. Making samba the domain master</A
+NAME="AEN3151"
+>17.9. Making samba the domain master</A
></H2
><P
>The domain master is responsible for collating the browse lists of
@@ -14157,8 +16124,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2846"
->16.10. Note about broadcast addresses</A
+NAME="AEN3169"
+>17.10. Note about broadcast addresses</A
></H2
><P
>If your network uses a "0" based broadcast address (for example if it
@@ -14171,8 +16138,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2849"
->16.11. Multiple interfaces</A
+NAME="AEN3172"
+>17.11. Multiple interfaces</A
></H2
><P
>Samba now supports machines with multiple network interfaces. If you
@@ -14186,14 +16153,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="VFS"
></A
->Chapter 17. Stackable VFS modules</H1
+>Chapter 18. Stackable VFS modules</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2867"
->17.1. Introduction and configuration</A
+NAME="AEN3190"
+>18.1. Introduction and configuration</A
></H2
><P
>Since samba 3.0, samba supports stackable VFS(Virtual File System) modules.
@@ -14233,16 +16200,16 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2876"
->17.2. Included modules</A
+NAME="AEN3199"
+>18.2. Included modules</A
></H2
><DIV
CLASS="SECT2"
><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2878"
->17.2.1. audit</A
+NAME="AEN3201"
+>18.2.1. audit</A
></H3
><P
>A simple module to audit file access to the syslog
@@ -14279,8 +16246,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2886"
->17.2.2. recycle</A
+NAME="AEN3209"
+>18.2.2. recycle</A
></H3
><P
>A recycle-bin like modules. When used any unlink call
@@ -14350,8 +16317,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2923"
->17.2.3. netatalk</A
+NAME="AEN3246"
+>18.2.3. netatalk</A
></H3
><P
>A netatalk module, that will ease co-existence of samba and
@@ -14383,8 +16350,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2930"
->17.3. VFS modules available elsewhere</A
+NAME="AEN3253"
+>18.3. VFS modules available elsewhere</A
></H2
><P
>This section contains a listing of various other VFS modules that
@@ -14399,8 +16366,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2934"
->17.3.1. DatabaseFS</A
+NAME="AEN3257"
+>18.3.1. DatabaseFS</A
></H3
><P
>URL: <A
@@ -14433,8 +16400,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2942"
->17.3.2. vscan</A
+NAME="AEN3265"
+>18.3.2. vscan</A
></H3
><P
>URL: <A
@@ -14457,7 +16424,7 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="GROUPMAPPING"
></A
->Chapter 18. Group mapping HOWTO</H1
+>Chapter 19. Group mapping HOWTO</H1
><P
>
Starting with Samba 3.0 alpha 2, a new group mapping function is available. The
@@ -14558,14 +16525,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="SPEED"
></A
->Chapter 19. Samba performance issues</H1
+>Chapter 20. Samba performance issues</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2997"
->19.1. Comparisons</A
+NAME="AEN3320"
+>20.1. Comparisons</A
></H2
><P
>The Samba server uses TCP to talk to the client. Thus if you are
@@ -14595,8 +16562,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3003"
->19.2. Socket options</A
+NAME="AEN3326"
+>20.2. Socket options</A
></H2
><P
>There are a number of socket options that can greatly affect the
@@ -14623,8 +16590,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3010"
->19.3. Read size</A
+NAME="AEN3333"
+>20.3. Read size</A
></H2
><P
>The option "read size" affects the overlap of disk reads/writes with
@@ -14649,8 +16616,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3015"
->19.4. Max xmit</A
+NAME="AEN3338"
+>20.4. Max xmit</A
></H2
><P
>At startup the client and server negotiate a "maximum transmit" size,
@@ -14672,8 +16639,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3020"
->19.5. Log level</A
+NAME="AEN3343"
+>20.5. Log level</A
></H2
><P
>If you set the log level (also known as "debug level") higher than 2
@@ -14686,8 +16653,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3023"
->19.6. Read raw</A
+NAME="AEN3346"
+>20.6. Read raw</A
></H2
><P
>The "read raw" operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency
@@ -14708,8 +16675,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3028"
->19.7. Write raw</A
+NAME="AEN3351"
+>20.7. Write raw</A
></H2
><P
>The "write raw" operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency
@@ -14725,8 +16692,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3032"
->19.8. Slow Clients</A
+NAME="AEN3355"
+>20.8. Slow Clients</A
></H2
><P
>One person has reported that setting the protocol to COREPLUS rather
@@ -14742,8 +16709,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3036"
->19.9. Slow Logins</A
+NAME="AEN3359"
+>20.9. Slow Logins</A
></H2
><P
>Slow logins are almost always due to the password checking time. Using
@@ -14755,8 +16722,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3039"
->19.10. Client tuning</A
+NAME="AEN3362"
+>20.10. Client tuning</A
></H2
><P
>Often a speed problem can be traced to the client. The client (for
@@ -14863,14 +16830,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="GROUPPROFILES"
></A
->Chapter 20. Creating Group Prolicy Files</H1
+>Chapter 21. Creating Group Prolicy Files</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3087"
->20.1. Windows '9x</A
+NAME="AEN3410"
+>21.1. Windows '9x</A
></H2
><P
>You need the Win98 Group Policy Editor to
@@ -14912,8 +16879,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3097"
->20.2. Windows NT 4</A
+NAME="AEN3420"
+>21.2. Windows NT 4</A
></H2
><P
>Unfortunately, the Resource Kit info is Win NT4 or 200x specific.</P
@@ -14993,8 +16960,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3120"
->20.2.1. Side bar Notes</A
+NAME="AEN3443"
+>21.2.1. Side bar Notes</A
></H3
><P
>You should obtain the SID of your NT4 domain. You can use smbpasswd to do
@@ -15009,8 +16976,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3124"
->20.2.2. Mandatory profiles</A
+NAME="AEN3447"
+>21.2.2. Mandatory profiles</A
></H3
><P
>The above method can be used to create mandatory profiles also. To convert
@@ -15022,8 +16989,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3127"
->20.2.3. moveuser.exe</A
+NAME="AEN3450"
+>21.2.3. moveuser.exe</A
></H3
><P
>The W2K professional resource kit has moveuser.exe. moveuser.exe changes
@@ -15035,8 +17002,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3130"
->20.2.4. Get SID</A
+NAME="AEN3453"
+>21.2.4. Get SID</A
></H3
><P
>You can identify the SID by using GetSID.exe from the Windows NT Server 4.0
@@ -15058,8 +17025,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3135"
->20.3. Windows 2000/XP</A
+NAME="AEN3458"
+>21.3. Windows 2000/XP</A
></H2
><P
>You must first convert the profile from a local profile to a domain
@@ -15296,14 +17263,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="SECURING-SAMBA"
></A
->Chapter 21. Securing Samba</H1
+>Chapter 22. Securing Samba</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3216"
->21.1. Introduction</A
+NAME="AEN3539"
+>22.1. Introduction</A
></H2
><P
>This note was attached to the Samba 2.2.8 release notes as it contained an
@@ -15315,8 +17282,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3219"
->21.2. Using host based protection</A
+NAME="AEN3542"
+>22.2. Using host based protection</A
></H2
><P
>In many installations of Samba the greatest threat comes for outside
@@ -15347,8 +17314,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3226"
->21.3. Using interface protection</A
+NAME="AEN3549"
+>22.3. Using interface protection</A
></H2
><P
>By default Samba will accept connections on any network interface that
@@ -15383,8 +17350,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3235"
->21.4. Using a firewall</A
+NAME="AEN3558"
+>22.4. Using a firewall</A
></H2
><P
>Many people use a firewall to deny access to services that they don't
@@ -15413,8 +17380,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3242"
->21.5. Using a IPC$ share deny</A
+NAME="AEN3565"
+>22.5. Using a IPC$ share deny</A
></H2
><P
>If the above methods are not suitable, then you could also place a
@@ -15452,8 +17419,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3251"
->21.6. Upgrading Samba</A
+NAME="AEN3574"
+>22.6. Upgrading Samba</A
></H2
><P
>Please check regularly on http://www.samba.org/ for updates and
@@ -15468,14 +17435,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="UNICODE"
></A
->Chapter 22. Unicode/Charsets</H1
+>Chapter 23. Unicode/Charsets</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3265"
->22.1. What are charsets and unicode?</A
+NAME="AEN3588"
+>23.1. What are charsets and unicode?</A
></H2
><P
>Computers communicate in numbers. In texts, each number will be
@@ -15524,8 +17491,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3274"
->22.2. Samba and charsets</A
+NAME="AEN3597"
+>23.2. Samba and charsets</A
></H2
><P
>As of samba 3.0, samba can (and will) talk unicode over the wire. Internally,
@@ -15600,42 +17567,42 @@ CLASS="TOC"
>Table of Contents</B
></DT
><DT
->23. <A
+>24. <A
HREF="#PORTABILITY"
>Portability</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->23.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3303"
+>24.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3626"
>HPUX</A
></DT
><DT
->23.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3309"
+>24.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3632"
>SCO Unix</A
></DT
><DT
->23.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3313"
+>24.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3636"
>DNIX</A
></DT
><DT
->23.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN3342"
+>24.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN3665"
>RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</A
></DT
><DT
->23.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN3348"
+>24.5. <A
+HREF="#AEN3671"
>AIX</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->23.5.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3350"
+>24.5.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3673"
>Sequential Read Ahead</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -15643,147 +17610,147 @@ HREF="#AEN3350"
></DL
></DD
><DT
->24. <A
+>25. <A
HREF="#OTHER-CLIENTS"
>Samba and other CIFS clients</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->24.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3368"
+>25.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3691"
>Macintosh clients?</A
></DT
><DT
->24.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3377"
+>25.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3700"
>OS2 Client</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->24.2.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3379"
+>25.2.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3702"
>How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or
OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</A
></DT
><DT
->24.2.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3394"
+>25.2.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3717"
>How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect),
OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</A
></DT
><DT
->24.2.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3403"
+>25.2.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3726"
>Are there any other issues when OS/2 (any version)
is used as a client?</A
></DT
><DT
->24.2.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN3407"
+>25.2.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN3730"
>How do I get printer driver download working
for OS/2 clients?</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->24.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3417"
+>25.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3740"
>Windows for Workgroups</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->24.3.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3419"
+>25.3.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3742"
>Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</A
></DT
><DT
->24.3.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3424"
+>25.3.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3747"
>Delete .pwl files after password change</A
></DT
><DT
->24.3.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3429"
+>25.3.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3752"
>Configure WfW password handling</A
></DT
><DT
->24.3.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN3433"
+>25.3.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN3756"
>Case handling of passwords</A
></DT
><DT
->24.3.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN3438"
+>25.3.5. <A
+HREF="#AEN3761"
>Use TCP/IP as default protocol</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->24.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN3441"
+>25.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN3764"
>Windows '95/'98</A
></DT
><DT
->24.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN3457"
+>25.5. <A
+HREF="#AEN3780"
>Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->25. <A
+>26. <A
HREF="#COMPILING"
>How to compile SAMBA</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->25.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3484"
+>26.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3807"
>Access Samba source code via CVS</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->25.1.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3486"
+>26.1.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3809"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->25.1.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3491"
+>26.1.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3814"
>CVS Access to samba.org</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->25.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3527"
+>26.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3850"
>Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</A
></DT
><DT
->25.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3533"
+>26.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3856"
>Building the Binaries</A
></DT
><DT
->25.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN3561"
+>26.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN3884"
>Starting the smbd and nmbd</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->25.4.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3571"
+>26.4.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3894"
>Starting from inetd.conf</A
></DT
><DT
->25.4.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3600"
+>26.4.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3923"
>Alternative: starting it as a daemon</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -15791,128 +17758,128 @@ HREF="#AEN3600"
></DL
></DD
><DT
->26. <A
+>27. <A
HREF="#BUGREPORT"
>Reporting Bugs</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->26.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3623"
+>27.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN3946"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->26.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3633"
+>27.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN3956"
>General info</A
></DT
><DT
->26.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3639"
+>27.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN3962"
>Debug levels</A
></DT
><DT
->26.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN3656"
+>27.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN3979"
>Internal errors</A
></DT
><DT
->26.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN3666"
+>27.5. <A
+HREF="#AEN3989"
>Attaching to a running process</A
></DT
><DT
->26.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN3669"
+>27.6. <A
+HREF="#AEN3992"
>Patches</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->27. <A
+>28. <A
HREF="#DIAGNOSIS"
>The samba checklist</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->27.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3692"
+>28.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN4015"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->27.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3697"
+>28.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN4020"
>Assumptions</A
></DT
><DT
->27.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3707"
+>28.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN4030"
>Tests</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->27.3.1. <A
-HREF="#AEN3709"
+>28.3.1. <A
+HREF="#AEN4032"
>Test 1</A
></DT
><DT
->27.3.2. <A
-HREF="#AEN3715"
+>28.3.2. <A
+HREF="#AEN4038"
>Test 2</A
></DT
><DT
->27.3.3. <A
-HREF="#AEN3721"
+>28.3.3. <A
+HREF="#AEN4044"
>Test 3</A
></DT
><DT
->27.3.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN3736"
+>28.3.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN4059"
>Test 4</A
></DT
><DT
->27.3.5. <A
-HREF="#AEN3741"
+>28.3.5. <A
+HREF="#AEN4064"
>Test 5</A
></DT
><DT
->27.3.6. <A
-HREF="#AEN3747"
+>28.3.6. <A
+HREF="#AEN4070"
>Test 6</A
></DT
><DT
->27.3.7. <A
-HREF="#AEN3755"
+>28.3.7. <A
+HREF="#AEN4078"
>Test 7</A
></DT
><DT
->27.3.8. <A
-HREF="#AEN3781"
+>28.3.8. <A
+HREF="#AEN4104"
>Test 8</A
></DT
><DT
->27.3.9. <A
-HREF="#AEN3798"
+>28.3.9. <A
+HREF="#AEN4121"
>Test 9</A
></DT
><DT
->27.3.10. <A
-HREF="#AEN3806"
+>28.3.10. <A
+HREF="#AEN4129"
>Test 10</A
></DT
><DT
->27.3.11. <A
-HREF="#AEN3812"
+>28.3.11. <A
+HREF="#AEN4135"
>Test 11</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->27.4. <A
-HREF="#AEN3817"
+>28.4. <A
+HREF="#AEN4140"
>Still having troubles?</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -15926,7 +17893,7 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="PORTABILITY"
></A
->Chapter 23. Portability</H1
+>Chapter 24. Portability</H1
><P
>Samba works on a wide range of platforms but the interface all the
platforms provide is not always compatible. This chapter contains
@@ -15936,8 +17903,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3303"
->23.1. HPUX</A
+NAME="AEN3626"
+>24.1. HPUX</A
></H2
><P
>HP's implementation of supplementary groups is, er, non-standard (for
@@ -15966,8 +17933,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3309"
->23.2. SCO Unix</A
+NAME="AEN3632"
+>24.2. SCO Unix</A
></H2
><P
>
@@ -15983,8 +17950,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3313"
->23.3. DNIX</A
+NAME="AEN3636"
+>24.3. DNIX</A
></H2
><P
>DNIX has a problem with seteuid() and setegid(). These routines are
@@ -16090,8 +18057,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3342"
->23.4. RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</A
+NAME="AEN3665"
+>24.4. RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</A
></H2
><P
>By default RedHat Rembrandt-II during installation adds an
@@ -16114,16 +18081,16 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3348"
->23.5. AIX</A
+NAME="AEN3671"
+>24.5. AIX</A
></H2
><DIV
CLASS="SECT2"
><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3350"
->23.5.1. Sequential Read Ahead</A
+NAME="AEN3673"
+>24.5.1. Sequential Read Ahead</A
></H3
><P
>Disabling Sequential Read Ahead using "vmtune -r 0" improves
@@ -16137,7 +18104,7 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="OTHER-CLIENTS"
></A
->Chapter 24. Samba and other CIFS clients</H1
+>Chapter 25. Samba and other CIFS clients</H1
><P
>This chapter contains client-specific information.</P
><DIV
@@ -16145,8 +18112,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3368"
->24.1. Macintosh clients?</A
+NAME="AEN3691"
+>25.1. Macintosh clients?</A
></H2
><P
>Yes. <A
@@ -16191,16 +18158,16 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3377"
->24.2. OS2 Client</A
+NAME="AEN3700"
+>25.2. OS2 Client</A
></H2
><DIV
CLASS="SECT2"
><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3379"
->24.2.1. How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or
+NAME="AEN3702"
+>25.2.1. How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or
OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</A
></H3
><P
@@ -16258,8 +18225,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3394"
->24.2.2. How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect),
+NAME="AEN3717"
+>25.2.2. How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect),
OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</A
></H3
><P
@@ -16302,8 +18269,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3403"
->24.2.3. Are there any other issues when OS/2 (any version)
+NAME="AEN3726"
+>25.2.3. Are there any other issues when OS/2 (any version)
is used as a client?</A
></H3
><P
@@ -16324,8 +18291,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3407"
->24.2.4. How do I get printer driver download working
+NAME="AEN3730"
+>25.2.4. How do I get printer driver download working
for OS/2 clients?</A
></H3
><P
@@ -16371,16 +18338,16 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3417"
->24.3. Windows for Workgroups</A
+NAME="AEN3740"
+>25.3. Windows for Workgroups</A
></H2
><DIV
CLASS="SECT2"
><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3419"
->24.3.1. Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</A
+NAME="AEN3742"
+>25.3.1. Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</A
></H3
><P
>Use the latest TCP/IP stack from microsoft if you use Windows
@@ -16401,8 +18368,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3424"
->24.3.2. Delete .pwl files after password change</A
+NAME="AEN3747"
+>25.3.2. Delete .pwl files after password change</A
></H3
><P
>WfWg does a lousy job with passwords. I find that if I change my
@@ -16421,8 +18388,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3429"
->24.3.3. Configure WfW password handling</A
+NAME="AEN3752"
+>25.3.3. Configure WfW password handling</A
></H3
><P
>There is a program call admincfg.exe
@@ -16440,8 +18407,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3433"
->24.3.4. Case handling of passwords</A
+NAME="AEN3756"
+>25.3.4. Case handling of passwords</A
></H3
><P
>Windows for Workgroups uppercases the password before sending it to the server. Unix passwords can be case-sensitive though. Check the <A
@@ -16458,8 +18425,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3438"
->24.3.5. Use TCP/IP as default protocol</A
+NAME="AEN3761"
+>25.3.5. Use TCP/IP as default protocol</A
></H3
><P
>To support print queue reporting you may find
@@ -16474,8 +18441,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3441"
->24.4. Windows '95/'98</A
+NAME="AEN3764"
+>25.4. Windows '95/'98</A
></H2
><P
>When using Windows 95 OEM SR2 the following updates are recommended where Samba
@@ -16522,8 +18489,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3457"
->24.5. Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</A
+NAME="AEN3780"
+>25.5. Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</A
></H2
><P
>
@@ -16606,7 +18573,7 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="COMPILING"
></A
->Chapter 25. How to compile SAMBA</H1
+>Chapter 26. How to compile SAMBA</H1
><P
>You can obtain the samba source from the <A
HREF="http://samba.org/"
@@ -16619,16 +18586,16 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3484"
->25.1. Access Samba source code via CVS</A
+NAME="AEN3807"
+>26.1. Access Samba source code via CVS</A
></H2
><DIV
CLASS="SECT2"
><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3486"
->25.1.1. Introduction</A
+NAME="AEN3809"
+>26.1.1. Introduction</A
></H3
><P
>Samba is developed in an open environment. Developers use CVS
@@ -16649,8 +18616,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3491"
->25.1.2. CVS Access to samba.org</A
+NAME="AEN3814"
+>26.1.2. CVS Access to samba.org</A
></H3
><P
>The machine samba.org runs a publicly accessible CVS
@@ -16662,8 +18629,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H4
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN3494"
->25.1.2.1. Access via CVSweb</A
+NAME="AEN3817"
+>26.1.2.1. Access via CVSweb</A
></H4
><P
>You can access the source code via your
@@ -16683,8 +18650,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><HR><H4
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN3499"
->25.1.2.2. Access via cvs</A
+NAME="AEN3822"
+>26.1.2.2. Access via cvs</A
></H4
><P
>You can also access the source code via a
@@ -16788,8 +18755,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3527"
->25.2. Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</A
+NAME="AEN3850"
+>26.2. Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</A
></H2
><P
> pserver.samba.org also exports unpacked copies of most parts of the CVS tree at <A
@@ -16816,8 +18783,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3533"
->25.3. Building the Binaries</A
+NAME="AEN3856"
+>26.3. Building the Binaries</A
></H2
><P
>To do this, first run the program <B
@@ -16903,8 +18870,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3561"
->25.4. Starting the smbd and nmbd</A
+NAME="AEN3884"
+>26.4. Starting the smbd and nmbd</A
></H2
><P
>You must choose to start smbd and nmbd either
@@ -16943,8 +18910,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3571"
->25.4.1. Starting from inetd.conf</A
+NAME="AEN3894"
+>26.4.1. Starting from inetd.conf</A
></H3
><P
>NOTE; The following will be different if
@@ -17043,8 +19010,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3600"
->25.4.2. Alternative: starting it as a daemon</A
+NAME="AEN3923"
+>26.4.2. Alternative: starting it as a daemon</A
></H3
><P
>To start the server as a daemon you should create
@@ -17102,14 +19069,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="BUGREPORT"
></A
->Chapter 26. Reporting Bugs</H1
+>Chapter 27. Reporting Bugs</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3623"
->26.1. Introduction</A
+NAME="AEN3946"
+>27.1. Introduction</A
></H2
><P
>The email address for bug reports for stable releases is <A
@@ -17153,8 +19120,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3633"
->26.2. General info</A
+NAME="AEN3956"
+>27.2. General info</A
></H2
><P
>Before submitting a bug report check your config for silly
@@ -17178,8 +19145,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3639"
->26.3. Debug levels</A
+NAME="AEN3962"
+>27.3. Debug levels</A
></H2
><P
>If the bug has anything to do with Samba behaving incorrectly as a
@@ -17248,8 +19215,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3656"
->26.4. Internal errors</A
+NAME="AEN3979"
+>27.4. Internal errors</A
></H2
><P
>If you get a "INTERNAL ERROR" message in your log files it means that
@@ -17292,8 +19259,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3666"
->26.5. Attaching to a running process</A
+NAME="AEN3989"
+>27.5. Attaching to a running process</A
></H2
><P
>Unfortunately some unixes (in particular some recent linux kernels)
@@ -17309,8 +19276,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3669"
->26.6. Patches</A
+NAME="AEN3992"
+>27.6. Patches</A
></H2
><P
>The best sort of bug report is one that includes a fix! If you send us
@@ -17332,14 +19299,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="DIAGNOSIS"
></A
->Chapter 27. The samba checklist</H1
+>Chapter 28. The samba checklist</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3692"
->27.1. Introduction</A
+NAME="AEN4015"
+>28.1. Introduction</A
></H2
><P
>This file contains a list of tests you can perform to validate your
@@ -17360,8 +19327,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3697"
->27.2. Assumptions</A
+NAME="AEN4020"
+>28.2. Assumptions</A
></H2
><P
>In all of the tests it is assumed you have a Samba server called
@@ -17398,16 +19365,16 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3707"
->27.3. Tests</A
+NAME="AEN4030"
+>28.3. Tests</A
></H2
><DIV
CLASS="SECT2"
><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3709"
->27.3.1. Test 1</A
+NAME="AEN4032"
+>28.3.1. Test 1</A
></H3
><P
>In the directory in which you store your smb.conf file, run the command
@@ -17428,8 +19395,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3715"
->27.3.2. Test 2</A
+NAME="AEN4038"
+>28.3.2. Test 2</A
></H3
><P
>Run the command "ping BIGSERVER" from the PC and "ping ACLIENT" from
@@ -17454,8 +19421,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3721"
->27.3.3. Test 3</A
+NAME="AEN4044"
+>28.3.3. Test 3</A
></H3
><P
>Run the command "smbclient -L BIGSERVER" on the unix box. You
@@ -17525,8 +19492,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3736"
->27.3.4. Test 4</A
+NAME="AEN4059"
+>28.3.4. Test 4</A
></H3
><P
>Run the command "nmblookup -B BIGSERVER __SAMBA__". You should get the
@@ -17546,8 +19513,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3741"
->27.3.5. Test 5</A
+NAME="AEN4064"
+>28.3.5. Test 5</A
></H3
><P
>run the command <B
@@ -17567,8 +19534,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3747"
->27.3.6. Test 6</A
+NAME="AEN4070"
+>28.3.6. Test 6</A
></H3
><P
>Run the command <B
@@ -17601,8 +19568,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3755"
->27.3.7. Test 7</A
+NAME="AEN4078"
+>28.3.7. Test 7</A
></H3
><P
>Run the command <B
@@ -17690,8 +19657,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3781"
->27.3.8. Test 8</A
+NAME="AEN4104"
+>28.3.8. Test 8</A
></H3
><P
>On the PC type the command <B
@@ -17750,8 +19717,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3798"
->27.3.9. Test 9</A
+NAME="AEN4121"
+>28.3.9. Test 9</A
></H3
><P
>Run the command <B
@@ -17784,8 +19751,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3806"
->27.3.10. Test 10</A
+NAME="AEN4129"
+>28.3.10. Test 10</A
></H3
><P
>Run the command <B
@@ -17810,8 +19777,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><HR><H3
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3812"
->27.3.11. Test 11</A
+NAME="AEN4135"
+>28.3.11. Test 11</A
></H3
><P
>From file manager try to browse the server. Your samba server should
@@ -17838,8 +19805,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><HR><H2
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3817"
->27.4. Still having troubles?</A
+NAME="AEN4140"
+>28.4. Still having troubles?</A
></H2
><P
>Try the mailing list or newsgroup, or use the ethereal utility to
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/ads.html b/docs/htmldocs/ads.html
index 6fc44d91700..ef019915d81 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/ads.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/ads.html
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="ADS"
></A
->Chapter 7. Samba as a ADS domain member</H1
+>Chapter 8. Samba as a ADS domain member</H1
><P
>This is a rough guide to setting up Samba 3.0 with kerberos authentication against a
Windows2000 KDC. </P
@@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1242"
->7.1. Installing the required packages for Debian</A
+NAME="AEN1343"
+>8.1. Installing the required packages for Debian</A
></H1
><P
>On Debian you need to install the following packages:</P
@@ -142,8 +142,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1249"
->7.2. Installing the required packages for RedHat</A
+NAME="AEN1350"
+>8.2. Installing the required packages for RedHat</A
></H1
><P
>On RedHat this means you should have at least: </P
@@ -181,8 +181,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1259"
->7.3. Compile Samba</A
+NAME="AEN1360"
+>8.3. Compile Samba</A
></H1
><P
>If your kerberos libraries are in a non-standard location then
@@ -237,8 +237,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1274"
->7.4. Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</A
+NAME="AEN1375"
+>8.4. Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</A
></H1
><P
>The minimal configuration for krb5.conf is:</P
@@ -276,8 +276,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1284"
->7.5. Create the computer account</A
+NAME="AEN1385"
+>8.5. Create the computer account</A
></H1
><P
>As a user that has write permission on the Samba private directory
@@ -291,8 +291,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1288"
->7.5.1. Possible errors</A
+NAME="AEN1389"
+>8.5.1. Possible errors</A
></H2
><P
><P
@@ -316,8 +316,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1296"
->7.6. Test your server setup</A
+NAME="AEN1397"
+>8.6. Test your server setup</A
></H1
><P
>On a Windows 2000 client try <B
@@ -336,8 +336,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1301"
->7.7. Testing with smbclient</A
+NAME="AEN1402"
+>8.7. Testing with smbclient</A
></H1
><P
>On your Samba server try to login to a Win2000 server or your Samba
@@ -349,8 +349,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1304"
->7.8. Notes</A
+NAME="AEN1405"
+>8.8. Notes</A
></H1
><P
>You must change administrator password at least once after DC install,
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/appendixes.html b/docs/htmldocs/appendixes.html
index 21071bceaa8..8ae86c9c79d 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/appendixes.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/appendixes.html
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ REL="HOME"
TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation"
HREF="samba-howto-collection.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
-TITLE="Securing Samba"
-HREF="securing-samba.html"><LINK
+TITLE="Unicode/Charsets"
+HREF="unicode.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="Portability"
HREF="portability.html"></HEAD
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
-HREF="securing-samba.html"
+HREF="unicode.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
@@ -83,42 +83,42 @@ CLASS="TOC"
>Table of Contents</B
></DT
><DT
->21. <A
+>24. <A
HREF="portability.html"
>Portability</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->21.1. <A
-HREF="portability.html#AEN3156"
+>24.1. <A
+HREF="portability.html#AEN3626"
>HPUX</A
></DT
><DT
->21.2. <A
-HREF="portability.html#AEN3162"
+>24.2. <A
+HREF="portability.html#AEN3632"
>SCO Unix</A
></DT
><DT
->21.3. <A
-HREF="portability.html#AEN3166"
+>24.3. <A
+HREF="portability.html#AEN3636"
>DNIX</A
></DT
><DT
->21.4. <A
-HREF="portability.html#AEN3195"
+>24.4. <A
+HREF="portability.html#AEN3665"
>RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</A
></DT
><DT
->21.5. <A
-HREF="portability.html#AEN3201"
+>24.5. <A
+HREF="portability.html#AEN3671"
>AIX</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->21.5.1. <A
-HREF="portability.html#AEN3203"
+>24.5.1. <A
+HREF="portability.html#AEN3673"
>Sequential Read Ahead</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -126,147 +126,147 @@ HREF="portability.html#AEN3203"
></DL
></DD
><DT
->22. <A
+>25. <A
HREF="other-clients.html"
>Samba and other CIFS clients</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->22.1. <A
-HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3221"
+>25.1. <A
+HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3691"
>Macintosh clients?</A
></DT
><DT
->22.2. <A
-HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3230"
+>25.2. <A
+HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3700"
>OS2 Client</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->22.2.1. <A
-HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3232"
+>25.2.1. <A
+HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3702"
>How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or
OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</A
></DT
><DT
->22.2.2. <A
-HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3247"
+>25.2.2. <A
+HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3717"
>How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect),
OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</A
></DT
><DT
->22.2.3. <A
-HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3256"
+>25.2.3. <A
+HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3726"
>Are there any other issues when OS/2 (any version)
is used as a client?</A
></DT
><DT
->22.2.4. <A
-HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3260"
+>25.2.4. <A
+HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3730"
>How do I get printer driver download working
for OS/2 clients?</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->22.3. <A
-HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3270"
+>25.3. <A
+HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3740"
>Windows for Workgroups</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->22.3.1. <A
-HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3272"
+>25.3.1. <A
+HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3742"
>Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</A
></DT
><DT
->22.3.2. <A
-HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3277"
+>25.3.2. <A
+HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3747"
>Delete .pwl files after password change</A
></DT
><DT
->22.3.3. <A
-HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3282"
+>25.3.3. <A
+HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3752"
>Configure WfW password handling</A
></DT
><DT
->22.3.4. <A
-HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3286"
+>25.3.4. <A
+HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3756"
>Case handling of passwords</A
></DT
><DT
->22.3.5. <A
-HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3291"
+>25.3.5. <A
+HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3761"
>Use TCP/IP as default protocol</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->22.4. <A
-HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3294"
+>25.4. <A
+HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3764"
>Windows '95/'98</A
></DT
><DT
->22.5. <A
-HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3310"
+>25.5. <A
+HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3780"
>Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->23. <A
+>26. <A
HREF="compiling.html"
>How to compile SAMBA</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->23.1. <A
-HREF="compiling.html#AEN3337"
+>26.1. <A
+HREF="compiling.html#AEN3807"
>Access Samba source code via CVS</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->23.1.1. <A
-HREF="compiling.html#AEN3339"
+>26.1.1. <A
+HREF="compiling.html#AEN3809"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->23.1.2. <A
-HREF="compiling.html#AEN3344"
+>26.1.2. <A
+HREF="compiling.html#AEN3814"
>CVS Access to samba.org</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->23.2. <A
-HREF="compiling.html#AEN3380"
+>26.2. <A
+HREF="compiling.html#AEN3850"
>Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</A
></DT
><DT
->23.3. <A
-HREF="compiling.html#AEN3386"
+>26.3. <A
+HREF="compiling.html#AEN3856"
>Building the Binaries</A
></DT
><DT
->23.4. <A
-HREF="compiling.html#AEN3414"
+>26.4. <A
+HREF="compiling.html#AEN3884"
>Starting the smbd and nmbd</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->23.4.1. <A
-HREF="compiling.html#AEN3424"
+>26.4.1. <A
+HREF="compiling.html#AEN3894"
>Starting from inetd.conf</A
></DT
><DT
->23.4.2. <A
-HREF="compiling.html#AEN3453"
+>26.4.2. <A
+HREF="compiling.html#AEN3923"
>Alternative: starting it as a daemon</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -274,128 +274,128 @@ HREF="compiling.html#AEN3453"
></DL
></DD
><DT
->24. <A
+>27. <A
HREF="bugreport.html"
>Reporting Bugs</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->24.1. <A
-HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3476"
+>27.1. <A
+HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3946"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->24.2. <A
-HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3486"
+>27.2. <A
+HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3956"
>General info</A
></DT
><DT
->24.3. <A
-HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3492"
+>27.3. <A
+HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3962"
>Debug levels</A
></DT
><DT
->24.4. <A
-HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3509"
+>27.4. <A
+HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3979"
>Internal errors</A
></DT
><DT
->24.5. <A
-HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3519"
+>27.5. <A
+HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3989"
>Attaching to a running process</A
></DT
><DT
->24.6. <A
-HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3522"
+>27.6. <A
+HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3992"
>Patches</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->25. <A
+>28. <A
HREF="diagnosis.html"
>The samba checklist</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->25.1. <A
-HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN3545"
+>28.1. <A
+HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN4015"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->25.2. <A
-HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN3550"
+>28.2. <A
+HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN4020"
>Assumptions</A
></DT
><DT
->25.3. <A
-HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN3560"
+>28.3. <A
+HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN4030"
>Tests</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->25.3.1. <A
-HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN3562"
+>28.3.1. <A
+HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN4032"
>Test 1</A
></DT
><DT
->25.3.2. <A
-HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN3568"
+>28.3.2. <A
+HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN4038"
>Test 2</A
></DT
><DT
->25.3.3. <A
-HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN3574"
+>28.3.3. <A
+HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN4044"
>Test 3</A
></DT
><DT
->25.3.4. <A
-HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN3589"
+>28.3.4. <A
+HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN4059"
>Test 4</A
></DT
><DT
->25.3.5. <A
-HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN3594"
+>28.3.5. <A
+HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN4064"
>Test 5</A
></DT
><DT
->25.3.6. <A
-HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN3600"
+>28.3.6. <A
+HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN4070"
>Test 6</A
></DT
><DT
->25.3.7. <A
-HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN3608"
+>28.3.7. <A
+HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN4078"
>Test 7</A
></DT
><DT
->25.3.8. <A
-HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN3634"
+>28.3.8. <A
+HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN4104"
>Test 8</A
></DT
><DT
->25.3.9. <A
-HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN3651"
+>28.3.9. <A
+HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN4121"
>Test 9</A
></DT
><DT
->25.3.10. <A
-HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN3659"
+>28.3.10. <A
+HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN4129"
>Test 10</A
></DT
><DT
->25.3.11. <A
-HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN3665"
+>28.3.11. <A
+HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN4135"
>Test 11</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->25.4. <A
-HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN3670"
+>28.4. <A
+HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN4140"
>Still having troubles?</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
-HREF="securing-samba.html"
+HREF="unicode.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ ACCESSKEY="N"
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
->Securing Samba</TD
+>Unicode/Charsets</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/bugreport.html b/docs/htmldocs/bugreport.html
index cc4fc83df6c..ccac1c57799 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/bugreport.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/bugreport.html
@@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="BUGREPORT"
></A
->Chapter 24. Reporting Bugs</H1
+>Chapter 27. Reporting Bugs</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3476"
->24.1. Introduction</A
+NAME="AEN3946"
+>27.1. Introduction</A
></H1
><P
>The email address for bug reports for stable releases is <A
@@ -125,8 +125,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3486"
->24.2. General info</A
+NAME="AEN3956"
+>27.2. General info</A
></H1
><P
>Before submitting a bug report check your config for silly
@@ -150,8 +150,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3492"
->24.3. Debug levels</A
+NAME="AEN3962"
+>27.3. Debug levels</A
></H1
><P
>If the bug has anything to do with Samba behaving incorrectly as a
@@ -220,8 +220,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3509"
->24.4. Internal errors</A
+NAME="AEN3979"
+>27.4. Internal errors</A
></H1
><P
>If you get a "INTERNAL ERROR" message in your log files it means that
@@ -264,8 +264,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3519"
->24.5. Attaching to a running process</A
+NAME="AEN3989"
+>27.5. Attaching to a running process</A
></H1
><P
>Unfortunately some unixes (in particular some recent linux kernels)
@@ -281,8 +281,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3522"
->24.6. Patches</A
+NAME="AEN3992"
+>27.6. Patches</A
></H1
><P
>The best sort of bug report is one that includes a fix! If you send us
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/compiling.html b/docs/htmldocs/compiling.html
index 95c29b51938..b40b17b22ad 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/compiling.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/compiling.html
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="COMPILING"
></A
->Chapter 23. How to compile SAMBA</H1
+>Chapter 26. How to compile SAMBA</H1
><P
>You can obtain the samba source from the <A
HREF="http://samba.org/"
@@ -87,16 +87,16 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3337"
->23.1. Access Samba source code via CVS</A
+NAME="AEN3807"
+>26.1. Access Samba source code via CVS</A
></H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3339"
->23.1.1. Introduction</A
+NAME="AEN3809"
+>26.1.1. Introduction</A
></H2
><P
>Samba is developed in an open environment. Developers use CVS
@@ -117,8 +117,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3344"
->23.1.2. CVS Access to samba.org</A
+NAME="AEN3814"
+>26.1.2. CVS Access to samba.org</A
></H2
><P
>The machine samba.org runs a publicly accessible CVS
@@ -130,8 +130,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN3347"
->23.1.2.1. Access via CVSweb</A
+NAME="AEN3817"
+>26.1.2.1. Access via CVSweb</A
></H3
><P
>You can access the source code via your
@@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN3352"
->23.1.2.2. Access via cvs</A
+NAME="AEN3822"
+>26.1.2.2. Access via cvs</A
></H3
><P
>You can also access the source code via a
@@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3380"
->23.2. Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</A
+NAME="AEN3850"
+>26.2. Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</A
></H1
><P
> pserver.samba.org also exports unpacked copies of most parts of the CVS tree at <A
@@ -284,8 +284,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3386"
->23.3. Building the Binaries</A
+NAME="AEN3856"
+>26.3. Building the Binaries</A
></H1
><P
>To do this, first run the program <B
@@ -371,8 +371,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3414"
->23.4. Starting the smbd and nmbd</A
+NAME="AEN3884"
+>26.4. Starting the smbd and nmbd</A
></H1
><P
>You must choose to start smbd and nmbd either
@@ -411,8 +411,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3424"
->23.4.1. Starting from inetd.conf</A
+NAME="AEN3894"
+>26.4.1. Starting from inetd.conf</A
></H2
><P
>NOTE; The following will be different if
@@ -511,8 +511,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3453"
->23.4.2. Alternative: starting it as a daemon</A
+NAME="AEN3923"
+>26.4.2. Alternative: starting it as a daemon</A
></H2
><P
>To start the server as a daemon you should create
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/diagnosis.html b/docs/htmldocs/diagnosis.html
index e91ac21f034..7d64e083eaa 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/diagnosis.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/diagnosis.html
@@ -67,14 +67,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="DIAGNOSIS"
></A
->Chapter 25. The samba checklist</H1
+>Chapter 28. The samba checklist</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3545"
->25.1. Introduction</A
+NAME="AEN4015"
+>28.1. Introduction</A
></H1
><P
>This file contains a list of tests you can perform to validate your
@@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3550"
->25.2. Assumptions</A
+NAME="AEN4020"
+>28.2. Assumptions</A
></H1
><P
>In all of the tests it is assumed you have a Samba server called
@@ -133,16 +133,16 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3560"
->25.3. Tests</A
+NAME="AEN4030"
+>28.3. Tests</A
></H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3562"
->25.3.1. Test 1</A
+NAME="AEN4032"
+>28.3.1. Test 1</A
></H2
><P
>In the directory in which you store your smb.conf file, run the command
@@ -163,8 +163,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3568"
->25.3.2. Test 2</A
+NAME="AEN4038"
+>28.3.2. Test 2</A
></H2
><P
>Run the command "ping BIGSERVER" from the PC and "ping ACLIENT" from
@@ -189,8 +189,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3574"
->25.3.3. Test 3</A
+NAME="AEN4044"
+>28.3.3. Test 3</A
></H2
><P
>Run the command "smbclient -L BIGSERVER" on the unix box. You
@@ -260,8 +260,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3589"
->25.3.4. Test 4</A
+NAME="AEN4059"
+>28.3.4. Test 4</A
></H2
><P
>Run the command "nmblookup -B BIGSERVER __SAMBA__". You should get the
@@ -281,8 +281,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3594"
->25.3.5. Test 5</A
+NAME="AEN4064"
+>28.3.5. Test 5</A
></H2
><P
>run the command <B
@@ -302,8 +302,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3600"
->25.3.6. Test 6</A
+NAME="AEN4070"
+>28.3.6. Test 6</A
></H2
><P
>Run the command <B
@@ -336,8 +336,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3608"
->25.3.7. Test 7</A
+NAME="AEN4078"
+>28.3.7. Test 7</A
></H2
><P
>Run the command <B
@@ -425,8 +425,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3634"
->25.3.8. Test 8</A
+NAME="AEN4104"
+>28.3.8. Test 8</A
></H2
><P
>On the PC type the command <B
@@ -485,8 +485,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3651"
->25.3.9. Test 9</A
+NAME="AEN4121"
+>28.3.9. Test 9</A
></H2
><P
>Run the command <B
@@ -519,8 +519,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3659"
->25.3.10. Test 10</A
+NAME="AEN4129"
+>28.3.10. Test 10</A
></H2
><P
>Run the command <B
@@ -545,8 +545,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3665"
->25.3.11. Test 11</A
+NAME="AEN4135"
+>28.3.11. Test 11</A
></H2
><P
>From file manager try to browse the server. Your samba server should
@@ -573,8 +573,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3670"
->25.4. Still having troubles?</A
+NAME="AEN4140"
+>28.4. Still having troubles?</A
></H1
><P
>Try the mailing list or newsgroup, or use the ethereal utility to
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/domain-security.html b/docs/htmldocs/domain-security.html
index d47138d791e..8267dda0204 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/domain-security.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/domain-security.html
@@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="DOMAIN-SECURITY"
></A
->Chapter 8. Samba as a NT4 or Win2k domain member</H1
+>Chapter 9. Samba as a NT4 or Win2k domain member</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1326"
->8.1. Joining an NT Domain with Samba 3.0</A
+NAME="AEN1427"
+>9.1. Joining an NT Domain with Samba 3.0</A
></H1
><P
>Assume you have a Samba 3.0 server with a NetBIOS name of
@@ -268,8 +268,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1381"
->8.2. Samba and Windows 2000 Domains</A
+NAME="AEN1482"
+>9.2. Samba and Windows 2000 Domains</A
></H1
><P
>Many people have asked regarding the state of Samba's ability to participate in
@@ -282,8 +282,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1384"
->8.3. Why is this better than security = server?</A
+NAME="AEN1485"
+>9.3. Why is this better than security = server?</A
></H1
><P
>Currently, domain security in Samba doesn't free you from
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/groupmapping.html b/docs/htmldocs/groupmapping.html
index 54921b3798d..26dc50f4f0c 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/groupmapping.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/groupmapping.html
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="GROUPMAPPING"
></A
->Chapter 17. Group mapping HOWTO</H1
+>Chapter 19. Group mapping HOWTO</H1
><P
>
Starting with Samba 3.0 alpha 2, a new group mapping function is available. The
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/groupprofiles.html b/docs/htmldocs/groupprofiles.html
index 6741aa35994..9c257172380 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/groupprofiles.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/groupprofiles.html
@@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="GROUPPROFILES"
></A
->Chapter 19. Creating Group Prolicy Files</H1
+>Chapter 21. Creating Group Prolicy Files</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2980"
->19.1. Windows '9x</A
+NAME="AEN3410"
+>21.1. Windows '9x</A
></H1
><P
>You need the Win98 Group Policy Editor to
@@ -123,8 +123,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2990"
->19.2. Windows NT 4</A
+NAME="AEN3420"
+>21.2. Windows NT 4</A
></H1
><P
>Unfortunately, the Resource Kit info is Win NT4 or 200x specific.</P
@@ -204,8 +204,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3013"
->19.2.1. Side bar Notes</A
+NAME="AEN3443"
+>21.2.1. Side bar Notes</A
></H2
><P
>You should obtain the SID of your NT4 domain. You can use smbpasswd to do
@@ -220,8 +220,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3017"
->19.2.2. Mandatory profiles</A
+NAME="AEN3447"
+>21.2.2. Mandatory profiles</A
></H2
><P
>The above method can be used to create mandatory profiles also. To convert
@@ -233,8 +233,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3020"
->19.2.3. moveuser.exe</A
+NAME="AEN3450"
+>21.2.3. moveuser.exe</A
></H2
><P
>The W2K professional resource kit has moveuser.exe. moveuser.exe changes
@@ -246,8 +246,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3023"
->19.2.4. Get SID</A
+NAME="AEN3453"
+>21.2.4. Get SID</A
></H2
><P
>You can identify the SID by using GetSID.exe from the Windows NT Server 4.0
@@ -269,8 +269,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3028"
->19.3. Windows 2000/XP</A
+NAME="AEN3458"
+>21.3. Windows 2000/XP</A
></H1
><P
>You must first convert the profile from a local profile to a domain
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/improved-browsing.html b/docs/htmldocs/improved-browsing.html
index b58945a0b5e..f7a98153aa2 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/improved-browsing.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/improved-browsing.html
@@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="IMPROVED-BROWSING"
></A
->Chapter 15. Improved browsing in samba</H1
+>Chapter 17. Improved browsing in samba</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2603"
->15.1. Overview of browsing</A
+NAME="AEN3033"
+>17.1. Overview of browsing</A
></H1
><P
>SMB networking provides a mechanism by which clients can access a list
@@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2608"
->15.2. Browsing support in samba</A
+NAME="AEN3038"
+>17.2. Browsing support in samba</A
></H1
><P
>Samba facilitates browsing. The browsing is supported by nmbd
@@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2616"
->15.3. Problem resolution</A
+NAME="AEN3046"
+>17.3. Problem resolution</A
></H1
><P
>If something doesn't work then hopefully the log.nmb file will help
@@ -199,8 +199,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2625"
->15.4. Browsing across subnets</A
+NAME="AEN3055"
+>17.4. Browsing across subnets</A
></H1
><P
>Since the release of Samba 1.9.17(alpha1) Samba has been
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2630"
->15.4.1. How does cross subnet browsing work ?</A
+NAME="AEN3060"
+>17.4.1. How does cross subnet browsing work ?</A
></H2
><P
>Cross subnet browsing is a complicated dance, containing multiple
@@ -441,8 +441,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2665"
->15.5. Setting up a WINS server</A
+NAME="AEN3095"
+>17.5. Setting up a WINS server</A
></H1
><P
>Either a Samba machine or a Windows NT Server machine may be set up
@@ -524,8 +524,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2684"
->15.6. Setting up Browsing in a WORKGROUP</A
+NAME="AEN3114"
+>17.6. Setting up Browsing in a WORKGROUP</A
></H1
><P
>To set up cross subnet browsing on a network containing machines
@@ -609,8 +609,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2702"
->15.7. Setting up Browsing in a DOMAIN</A
+NAME="AEN3132"
+>17.7. Setting up Browsing in a DOMAIN</A
></H1
><P
>If you are adding Samba servers to a Windows NT Domain then
@@ -660,8 +660,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2712"
->15.8. Forcing samba to be the master</A
+NAME="AEN3142"
+>17.8. Forcing samba to be the master</A
></H1
><P
>Who becomes the "master browser" is determined by an election process
@@ -708,8 +708,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2721"
->15.9. Making samba the domain master</A
+NAME="AEN3151"
+>17.9. Making samba the domain master</A
></H1
><P
>The domain master is responsible for collating the browse lists of
@@ -781,8 +781,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2739"
->15.10. Note about broadcast addresses</A
+NAME="AEN3169"
+>17.10. Note about broadcast addresses</A
></H1
><P
>If your network uses a "0" based broadcast address (for example if it
@@ -795,8 +795,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2742"
->15.11. Multiple interfaces</A
+NAME="AEN3172"
+>17.11. Multiple interfaces</A
></H1
><P
>Samba now supports machines with multiple network interfaces. If you
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/integrate-ms-networks.html b/docs/htmldocs/integrate-ms-networks.html
index 99614cfb3fc..984f849f714 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/integrate-ms-networks.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/integrate-ms-networks.html
@@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="INTEGRATE-MS-NETWORKS"
></A
->Chapter 9. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</H1
+>Chapter 10. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1416"
->9.1. Agenda</A
+NAME="AEN1517"
+>10.1. Agenda</A
></H1
><P
>To identify the key functional mechanisms of MS Windows networking
@@ -147,8 +147,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1438"
->9.2. Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</A
+NAME="AEN1539"
+>10.2. Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</A
></H1
><P
>The key configuration files covered in this section are:</P
@@ -189,8 +189,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1454"
->9.2.1. <TT
+NAME="AEN1555"
+>10.2.1. <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/hosts</TT
></A
@@ -270,8 +270,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1470"
->9.2.2. <TT
+NAME="AEN1571"
+>10.2.2. <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/resolv.conf</TT
></A
@@ -308,8 +308,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1481"
->9.2.3. <TT
+NAME="AEN1582"
+>10.2.3. <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/host.conf</TT
></A
@@ -337,8 +337,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1489"
->9.2.4. <TT
+NAME="AEN1590"
+>10.2.4. <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/nsswitch.conf</TT
></A
@@ -406,8 +406,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1501"
->9.3. Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</A
+NAME="AEN1602"
+>10.3. Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</A
></H1
><P
>MS Windows networking is predicated about the name each machine
@@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1513"
->9.3.1. The NetBIOS Name Cache</A
+NAME="AEN1614"
+>10.3.1. The NetBIOS Name Cache</A
></H2
><P
>All MS Windows machines employ an in memory buffer in which is
@@ -518,8 +518,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1518"
->9.3.2. The LMHOSTS file</A
+NAME="AEN1619"
+>10.3.2. The LMHOSTS file</A
></H2
><P
>This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or
@@ -621,8 +621,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1526"
->9.3.3. HOSTS file</A
+NAME="AEN1627"
+>10.3.3. HOSTS file</A
></H2
><P
>This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or 2000 in
@@ -643,8 +643,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1531"
->9.3.4. DNS Lookup</A
+NAME="AEN1632"
+>10.3.4. DNS Lookup</A
></H2
><P
>This capability is configured in the TCP/IP setup area in the network
@@ -663,8 +663,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1534"
->9.3.5. WINS Lookup</A
+NAME="AEN1635"
+>10.3.5. WINS Lookup</A
></H2
><P
>A WINS (Windows Internet Name Server) service is the equivaent of the
@@ -704,8 +704,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1546"
->9.4. How browsing functions and how to deploy stable and
+NAME="AEN1647"
+>10.4. How browsing functions and how to deploy stable and
dependable browsing using Samba</A
></H1
><P
@@ -771,8 +771,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1556"
->9.5. MS Windows security options and how to configure
+NAME="AEN1657"
+>10.5. MS Windows security options and how to configure
Samba for seemless integration</A
></H1
><P
@@ -898,8 +898,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1584"
->9.5.1. Use MS Windows NT as an authentication server</A
+NAME="AEN1685"
+>10.5.1. Use MS Windows NT as an authentication server</A
></H2
><P
>This method involves the additions of the following parameters
@@ -934,8 +934,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1592"
->9.5.2. Make Samba a member of an MS Windows NT security domain</A
+NAME="AEN1693"
+>10.5.2. Make Samba a member of an MS Windows NT security domain</A
></H2
><P
>This method involves additon of the following paramters in the smb.conf file:</P
@@ -997,8 +997,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1609"
->9.5.3. Configure Samba as an authentication server</A
+NAME="AEN1710"
+>10.5.3. Configure Samba as an authentication server</A
></H2
><P
>This mode of authentication demands that there be on the
@@ -1034,8 +1034,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN1616"
->9.5.3.1. Users</A
+NAME="AEN1717"
+>10.5.3.1. Users</A
></H3
><P
>A user account that may provide a home directory should be
@@ -1057,8 +1057,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN1621"
->9.5.3.2. MS Windows NT Machine Accounts</A
+NAME="AEN1722"
+>10.5.3.2. MS Windows NT Machine Accounts</A
></H3
><P
>These are required only when Samba is used as a domain
@@ -1078,8 +1078,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1626"
->9.6. Conclusions</A
+NAME="AEN1727"
+>10.6. Conclusions</A
></H1
><P
>Samba provides a flexible means to operate as...</P
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/introduction.html b/docs/htmldocs/introduction.html
index 199b1b8f30d..c053e8e13f0 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/introduction.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/introduction.html
@@ -211,146 +211,146 @@ HREF="passdb.html"
><DL
><DT
>3.1. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN227"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN234"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
>3.2. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN234"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN241"
>Important Notes About Security</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
>3.2.1. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN249"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN267"
>Advantages of SMB Encryption</A
></DT
><DT
>3.2.2. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN254"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN273"
>Advantages of non-encrypted passwords</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
>3.3. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN260"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN279"
>The smbpasswd Command</A
></DT
><DT
>3.4. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN291"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN310"
>Plain text</A
></DT
><DT
>3.5. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN296"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN315"
>TDB</A
></DT
><DT
>3.6. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN299"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN318"
>LDAP</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
>3.6.1. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN301"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN320"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
>3.6.2. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN321"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN340"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
>3.6.3. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN350"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN369"
>Supported LDAP Servers</A
></DT
><DT
>3.6.4. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN355"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN374"
>Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</A
></DT
><DT
>3.6.5. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN367"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN386"
>Configuring Samba with LDAP</A
></DT
><DT
>3.6.6. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN414"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN433"
>Accounts and Groups management</A
></DT
><DT
>3.6.7. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN419"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN438"
>Security and sambaAccount</A
></DT
><DT
>3.6.8. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN439"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN458"
>LDAP specials attributes for sambaAccounts</A
></DT
><DT
>3.6.9. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN509"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN528"
>Example LDIF Entries for a sambaAccount</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
>3.7. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN517"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN536"
>MySQL</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
>3.7.1. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN519"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN538"
>Building</A
></DT
><DT
>3.7.2. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN525"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN544"
>Creating the database</A
></DT
><DT
>3.7.3. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN535"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN554"
>Configuring</A
></DT
><DT
>3.7.4. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN552"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN571"
>Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password</A
></DT
><DT
>3.7.5. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN557"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN576"
>Getting non-column data from the table</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
>3.8. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN565"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN584"
>Passdb XML plugin</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
>3.8.1. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN567"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN586"
>Building</A
></DT
><DT
>3.8.2. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN573"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN592"
>Usage</A
></DT
></DL
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/msdfs.html b/docs/htmldocs/msdfs.html
index 214f01c1350..66b7eca75f9 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/msdfs.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/msdfs.html
@@ -75,14 +75,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="MSDFS"
></A
->Chapter 12. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</H1
+>Chapter 13. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1896"
->12.1. Instructions</A
+NAME="AEN1997"
+>13.1. Instructions</A
></H1
><P
>The Distributed File System (or Dfs) provides a means of
@@ -213,8 +213,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1931"
->12.1.1. Notes</A
+NAME="AEN2032"
+>13.1.1. Notes</A
></H2
><P
></P
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/optional.html b/docs/htmldocs/optional.html
index 6ef61883114..e3e61805b26 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/optional.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/optional.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ CLASS="TITLE"
><DIV
CLASS="PARTINTRO"
><A
-NAME="AEN1402"
+NAME="AEN1503"
></A
><H1
>Introduction</H1
@@ -94,51 +94,51 @@ CLASS="TOC"
>Table of Contents</B
></DT
><DT
->9. <A
+>10. <A
HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html"
>Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->9.1. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1416"
+>10.1. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1517"
>Agenda</A
></DT
><DT
->9.2. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1438"
+>10.2. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1539"
>Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->9.2.1. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1454"
+>10.2.1. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1555"
><TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/hosts</TT
></A
></DT
><DT
->9.2.2. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1470"
+>10.2.2. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1571"
><TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/resolv.conf</TT
></A
></DT
><DT
->9.2.3. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1481"
+>10.2.3. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1582"
><TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/host.conf</TT
></A
></DT
><DT
->9.2.4. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1489"
+>10.2.4. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1590"
><TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/nsswitch.conf</TT
@@ -147,140 +147,140 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
></DL
></DD
><DT
->9.3. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1501"
+>10.3. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1602"
>Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->9.3.1. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1513"
+>10.3.1. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1614"
>The NetBIOS Name Cache</A
></DT
><DT
->9.3.2. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1518"
+>10.3.2. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1619"
>The LMHOSTS file</A
></DT
><DT
->9.3.3. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1526"
+>10.3.3. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1627"
>HOSTS file</A
></DT
><DT
->9.3.4. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1531"
+>10.3.4. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1632"
>DNS Lookup</A
></DT
><DT
->9.3.5. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1534"
+>10.3.5. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1635"
>WINS Lookup</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->9.4. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1546"
+>10.4. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1647"
>How browsing functions and how to deploy stable and
dependable browsing using Samba</A
></DT
><DT
->9.5. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1556"
+>10.5. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1657"
>MS Windows security options and how to configure
Samba for seemless integration</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->9.5.1. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1584"
+>10.5.1. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1685"
>Use MS Windows NT as an authentication server</A
></DT
><DT
->9.5.2. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1592"
+>10.5.2. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1693"
>Make Samba a member of an MS Windows NT security domain</A
></DT
><DT
->9.5.3. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1609"
+>10.5.3. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1710"
>Configure Samba as an authentication server</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->9.6. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1626"
+>10.6. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1727"
>Conclusions</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->10. <A
+>11. <A
HREF="unix-permissions.html"
>UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->10.1. <A
-HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1647"
+>11.1. <A
+HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1748"
>Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT
security dialogs</A
></DT
><DT
->10.2. <A
-HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1651"
+>11.2. <A
+HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1752"
>How to view file security on a Samba share</A
></DT
><DT
->10.3. <A
-HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1662"
+>11.3. <A
+HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1763"
>Viewing file ownership</A
></DT
><DT
->10.4. <A
-HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1682"
+>11.4. <A
+HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1783"
>Viewing file or directory permissions</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->10.4.1. <A
-HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1697"
+>11.4.1. <A
+HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1798"
>File Permissions</A
></DT
><DT
->10.4.2. <A
-HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1711"
+>11.4.2. <A
+HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1812"
>Directory Permissions</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->10.5. <A
-HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1718"
+>11.5. <A
+HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1819"
>Modifying file or directory permissions</A
></DT
><DT
->10.6. <A
-HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1740"
+>11.6. <A
+HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1841"
>Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
parameters</A
></DT
><DT
->10.7. <A
-HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1804"
+>11.7. <A
+HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1905"
>Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute
mapping</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->11. <A
+>12. <A
HREF="pam.html"
>Configuring PAM for distributed but centrally
managed authentication</A
@@ -288,39 +288,39 @@ managed authentication</A
><DD
><DL
><DT
->11.1. <A
-HREF="pam.html#AEN1825"
+>12.1. <A
+HREF="pam.html#AEN1926"
>Samba and PAM</A
></DT
><DT
->11.2. <A
-HREF="pam.html#AEN1869"
+>12.2. <A
+HREF="pam.html#AEN1970"
>Distributed Authentication</A
></DT
><DT
->11.3. <A
-HREF="pam.html#AEN1876"
+>12.3. <A
+HREF="pam.html#AEN1977"
>PAM Configuration in smb.conf</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->12. <A
+>13. <A
HREF="msdfs.html"
>Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->12.1. <A
-HREF="msdfs.html#AEN1896"
+>13.1. <A
+HREF="msdfs.html#AEN1997"
>Instructions</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->12.1.1. <A
-HREF="msdfs.html#AEN1931"
+>13.1.1. <A
+HREF="msdfs.html#AEN2032"
>Notes</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -328,130 +328,130 @@ HREF="msdfs.html#AEN1931"
></DL
></DD
><DT
->13. <A
+>14. <A
HREF="printing.html"
>Printing Support</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->13.1. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN1957"
+>14.1. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2058"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->13.2. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN1979"
+>14.2. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2080"
>Configuration</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->13.2.1. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN1987"
+>14.2.1. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2088"
>Creating [print$]</A
></DT
><DT
->13.2.2. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2022"
+>14.2.2. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2123"
>Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</A
></DT
><DT
->13.2.3. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2038"
+>14.2.3. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2139"
>Support a large number of printers</A
></DT
><DT
->13.2.4. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2049"
+>14.2.4. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2150"
>Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</A
></DT
><DT
->13.2.5. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2079"
+>14.2.5. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2180"
>Samba and Printer Ports</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->13.3. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2087"
+>14.3. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2188"
>The Imprints Toolset</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->13.3.1. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2091"
+>14.3.1. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2192"
>What is Imprints?</A
></DT
><DT
->13.3.2. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2101"
+>14.3.2. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2202"
>Creating Printer Driver Packages</A
></DT
><DT
->13.3.3. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2104"
+>14.3.3. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2205"
>The Imprints server</A
></DT
><DT
->13.3.4. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2108"
+>14.3.4. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2209"
>The Installation Client</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->13.4. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2130"
+>14.4. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2231"
>Diagnosis</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->13.4.1. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2132"
+>14.4.1. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2233"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->13.4.2. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2148"
+>14.4.2. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2249"
>Debugging printer problems</A
></DT
><DT
->13.4.3. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2157"
+>14.4.3. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2258"
>What printers do I have?</A
></DT
><DT
->13.4.4. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2165"
+>14.4.4. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2266"
>Setting up printcap and print servers</A
></DT
><DT
->13.4.5. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2193"
+>14.4.5. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2294"
>Job sent, no output</A
></DT
><DT
->13.4.6. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2204"
+>14.4.6. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2305"
>Job sent, strange output</A
></DT
><DT
->13.4.7. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2216"
+>14.4.7. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2317"
>Raw PostScript printed</A
></DT
><DT
->13.4.8. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2219"
+>14.4.8. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2320"
>Advanced Printing</A
></DT
><DT
->13.4.9. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2222"
+>14.4.9. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2323"
>Real debugging</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -459,235 +459,288 @@ HREF="printing.html#AEN2222"
></DL
></DD
><DT
->14. <A
+>15. <A
+HREF="cups-printing.html"
+>CUPS Printing Support</A
+></DT
+><DD
+><DL
+><DT
+>15.1. <A
+HREF="cups-printing.html#AEN2343"
+>Introduction</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.2. <A
+HREF="cups-printing.html#AEN2348"
+>CUPS - RAW Print Through Mode</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.3. <A
+HREF="cups-printing.html#AEN2403"
+>The CUPS Filter Chains</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.4. <A
+HREF="cups-printing.html#AEN2442"
+>CUPS Print Drivers and Devices</A
+></DT
+><DD
+><DL
+><DT
+>15.4.1. <A
+HREF="cups-printing.html#AEN2449"
+>Further printing steps</A
+></DT
+></DL
+></DD
+><DT
+>15.5. <A
+HREF="cups-printing.html#AEN2519"
+>Limiting the number of pages users can print</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.6. <A
+HREF="cups-printing.html#AEN2608"
+>Advanced Postscript Printing from MS Windows</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.7. <A
+HREF="cups-printing.html#AEN2623"
+>Auto-Deletion of CUPS spool files</A
+></DT
+></DL
+></DD
+><DT
+>16. <A
HREF="winbind.html"
>Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->14.1. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2263"
+>16.1. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2685"
>Abstract</A
></DT
><DT
->14.2. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2267"
+>16.2. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2689"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->14.3. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2280"
+>16.3. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2702"
>What Winbind Provides</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->14.3.1. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2287"
+>16.3.1. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2709"
>Target Uses</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->14.4. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2291"
+>16.4. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2713"
>How Winbind Works</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->14.4.1. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2296"
+>16.4.1. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2718"
>Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</A
></DT
><DT
->14.4.2. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2300"
+>16.4.2. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2722"
>Microsoft Active Directory Services</A
></DT
><DT
->14.4.3. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2303"
+>16.4.3. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2725"
>Name Service Switch</A
></DT
><DT
->14.4.4. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2319"
+>16.4.4. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2741"
>Pluggable Authentication Modules</A
></DT
><DT
->14.4.5. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2327"
+>16.4.5. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2749"
>User and Group ID Allocation</A
></DT
><DT
->14.4.6. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2331"
+>16.4.6. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2753"
>Result Caching</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->14.5. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2334"
+>16.5. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2756"
>Installation and Configuration</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->14.5.1. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2341"
+>16.5.1. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2761"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->14.5.2. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2354"
+>16.5.2. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2774"
>Requirements</A
></DT
><DT
->14.5.3. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2368"
+>16.5.3. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2788"
>Testing Things Out</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->14.6. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2583"
+>16.6. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN3013"
>Limitations</A
></DT
><DT
->14.7. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2593"
+>16.7. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN3023"
>Conclusion</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->15. <A
+>17. <A
HREF="improved-browsing.html"
>Improved browsing in samba</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->15.1. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2603"
+>17.1. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3033"
>Overview of browsing</A
></DT
><DT
->15.2. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2608"
+>17.2. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3038"
>Browsing support in samba</A
></DT
><DT
->15.3. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2616"
+>17.3. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3046"
>Problem resolution</A
></DT
><DT
->15.4. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2625"
+>17.4. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3055"
>Browsing across subnets</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->15.4.1. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2630"
+>17.4.1. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3060"
>How does cross subnet browsing work ?</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->15.5. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2665"
+>17.5. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3095"
>Setting up a WINS server</A
></DT
><DT
->15.6. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2684"
+>17.6. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3114"
>Setting up Browsing in a WORKGROUP</A
></DT
><DT
->15.7. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2702"
+>17.7. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3132"
>Setting up Browsing in a DOMAIN</A
></DT
><DT
->15.8. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2712"
+>17.8. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3142"
>Forcing samba to be the master</A
></DT
><DT
->15.9. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2721"
+>17.9. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3151"
>Making samba the domain master</A
></DT
><DT
->15.10. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2739"
+>17.10. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3169"
>Note about broadcast addresses</A
></DT
><DT
->15.11. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2742"
+>17.11. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3172"
>Multiple interfaces</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->16. <A
+>18. <A
HREF="vfs.html"
>Stackable VFS modules</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->16.1. <A
-HREF="vfs.html#AEN2760"
+>18.1. <A
+HREF="vfs.html#AEN3190"
>Introduction and configuration</A
></DT
><DT
->16.2. <A
-HREF="vfs.html#AEN2769"
+>18.2. <A
+HREF="vfs.html#AEN3199"
>Included modules</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->16.2.1. <A
-HREF="vfs.html#AEN2771"
+>18.2.1. <A
+HREF="vfs.html#AEN3201"
>audit</A
></DT
><DT
->16.2.2. <A
-HREF="vfs.html#AEN2779"
+>18.2.2. <A
+HREF="vfs.html#AEN3209"
>recycle</A
></DT
><DT
->16.2.3. <A
-HREF="vfs.html#AEN2816"
+>18.2.3. <A
+HREF="vfs.html#AEN3246"
>netatalk</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->16.3. <A
-HREF="vfs.html#AEN2823"
+>18.3. <A
+HREF="vfs.html#AEN3253"
>VFS modules available elsewhere</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->16.3.1. <A
-HREF="vfs.html#AEN2827"
+>18.3.1. <A
+HREF="vfs.html#AEN3257"
>DatabaseFS</A
></DT
><DT
->16.3.2. <A
-HREF="vfs.html#AEN2835"
+>18.3.2. <A
+HREF="vfs.html#AEN3265"
>vscan</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -695,156 +748,175 @@ HREF="vfs.html#AEN2835"
></DL
></DD
><DT
->17. <A
+>19. <A
HREF="groupmapping.html"
>Group mapping HOWTO</A
></DT
><DT
->18. <A
+>20. <A
HREF="speed.html"
>Samba performance issues</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->18.1. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2890"
+>20.1. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3320"
>Comparisons</A
></DT
><DT
->18.2. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2896"
+>20.2. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3326"
>Socket options</A
></DT
><DT
->18.3. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2903"
+>20.3. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3333"
>Read size</A
></DT
><DT
->18.4. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2908"
+>20.4. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3338"
>Max xmit</A
></DT
><DT
->18.5. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2913"
+>20.5. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3343"
>Log level</A
></DT
><DT
->18.6. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2916"
+>20.6. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3346"
>Read raw</A
></DT
><DT
->18.7. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2921"
+>20.7. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3351"
>Write raw</A
></DT
><DT
->18.8. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2925"
+>20.8. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3355"
>Slow Clients</A
></DT
><DT
->18.9. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2929"
+>20.9. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3359"
>Slow Logins</A
></DT
><DT
->18.10. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2932"
+>20.10. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3362"
>Client tuning</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->19. <A
+>21. <A
HREF="groupprofiles.html"
>Creating Group Prolicy Files</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->19.1. <A
-HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN2980"
+>21.1. <A
+HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN3410"
>Windows '9x</A
></DT
><DT
->19.2. <A
-HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN2990"
+>21.2. <A
+HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN3420"
>Windows NT 4</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->19.2.1. <A
-HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN3013"
+>21.2.1. <A
+HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN3443"
>Side bar Notes</A
></DT
><DT
->19.2.2. <A
-HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN3017"
+>21.2.2. <A
+HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN3447"
>Mandatory profiles</A
></DT
><DT
->19.2.3. <A
-HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN3020"
+>21.2.3. <A
+HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN3450"
>moveuser.exe</A
></DT
><DT
->19.2.4. <A
-HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN3023"
+>21.2.4. <A
+HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN3453"
>Get SID</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->19.3. <A
-HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN3028"
+>21.3. <A
+HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN3458"
>Windows 2000/XP</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->20. <A
+>22. <A
HREF="securing-samba.html"
>Securing Samba</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->20.1. <A
-HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3109"
+>22.1. <A
+HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3539"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->20.2. <A
-HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3112"
+>22.2. <A
+HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3542"
>Using host based protection</A
></DT
><DT
->20.3. <A
-HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3119"
+>22.3. <A
+HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3549"
>Using interface protection</A
></DT
><DT
->20.4. <A
-HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3128"
+>22.4. <A
+HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3558"
>Using a firewall</A
></DT
><DT
->20.5. <A
-HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3135"
+>22.5. <A
+HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3565"
>Using a IPC$ share deny</A
></DT
><DT
->20.6. <A
-HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3144"
+>22.6. <A
+HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3574"
>Upgrading Samba</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
+><DT
+>23. <A
+HREF="unicode.html"
+>Unicode/Charsets</A
+></DT
+><DD
+><DL
+><DT
+>23.1. <A
+HREF="unicode.html#AEN3588"
+>What are charsets and unicode?</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>23.2. <A
+HREF="unicode.html#AEN3597"
+>Samba and charsets</A
+></DT
+></DL
+></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/other-clients.html b/docs/htmldocs/other-clients.html
index 4309b530ef1..1de6d372a73 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/other-clients.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/other-clients.html
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="OTHER-CLIENTS"
></A
->Chapter 22. Samba and other CIFS clients</H1
+>Chapter 25. Samba and other CIFS clients</H1
><P
>This chapter contains client-specific information.</P
><DIV
@@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3221"
->22.1. Macintosh clients?</A
+NAME="AEN3691"
+>25.1. Macintosh clients?</A
></H1
><P
>Yes. <A
@@ -128,16 +128,16 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3230"
->22.2. OS2 Client</A
+NAME="AEN3700"
+>25.2. OS2 Client</A
></H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3232"
->22.2.1. How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or
+NAME="AEN3702"
+>25.2.1. How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or
OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</A
></H2
><P
@@ -195,8 +195,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3247"
->22.2.2. How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect),
+NAME="AEN3717"
+>25.2.2. How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect),
OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</A
></H2
><P
@@ -239,8 +239,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3256"
->22.2.3. Are there any other issues when OS/2 (any version)
+NAME="AEN3726"
+>25.2.3. Are there any other issues when OS/2 (any version)
is used as a client?</A
></H2
><P
@@ -261,8 +261,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3260"
->22.2.4. How do I get printer driver download working
+NAME="AEN3730"
+>25.2.4. How do I get printer driver download working
for OS/2 clients?</A
></H2
><P
@@ -308,16 +308,16 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3270"
->22.3. Windows for Workgroups</A
+NAME="AEN3740"
+>25.3. Windows for Workgroups</A
></H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3272"
->22.3.1. Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</A
+NAME="AEN3742"
+>25.3.1. Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</A
></H2
><P
>Use the latest TCP/IP stack from microsoft if you use Windows
@@ -338,8 +338,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3277"
->22.3.2. Delete .pwl files after password change</A
+NAME="AEN3747"
+>25.3.2. Delete .pwl files after password change</A
></H2
><P
>WfWg does a lousy job with passwords. I find that if I change my
@@ -358,8 +358,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3282"
->22.3.3. Configure WfW password handling</A
+NAME="AEN3752"
+>25.3.3. Configure WfW password handling</A
></H2
><P
>There is a program call admincfg.exe
@@ -377,8 +377,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3286"
->22.3.4. Case handling of passwords</A
+NAME="AEN3756"
+>25.3.4. Case handling of passwords</A
></H2
><P
>Windows for Workgroups uppercases the password before sending it to the server. Unix passwords can be case-sensitive though. Check the <A
@@ -395,8 +395,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3291"
->22.3.5. Use TCP/IP as default protocol</A
+NAME="AEN3761"
+>25.3.5. Use TCP/IP as default protocol</A
></H2
><P
>To support print queue reporting you may find
@@ -411,8 +411,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3294"
->22.4. Windows '95/'98</A
+NAME="AEN3764"
+>25.4. Windows '95/'98</A
></H1
><P
>When using Windows 95 OEM SR2 the following updates are recommended where Samba
@@ -459,8 +459,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3310"
->22.5. Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</A
+NAME="AEN3780"
+>25.5. Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</A
></H1
><P
>
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/pam.html b/docs/htmldocs/pam.html
index d110c385f1c..3b257d50ca0 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/pam.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/pam.html
@@ -75,15 +75,15 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="PAM"
></A
->Chapter 11. Configuring PAM for distributed but centrally
+>Chapter 12. Configuring PAM for distributed but centrally
managed authentication</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1825"
->11.1. Samba and PAM</A
+NAME="AEN1926"
+>12.1. Samba and PAM</A
></H1
><P
>A number of Unix systems (eg: Sun Solaris), as well as the
@@ -296,8 +296,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1869"
->11.2. Distributed Authentication</A
+NAME="AEN1970"
+>12.2. Distributed Authentication</A
></H1
><P
>The astute administrator will realize from this that the
@@ -329,8 +329,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1876"
->11.3. PAM Configuration in smb.conf</A
+NAME="AEN1977"
+>12.3. PAM Configuration in smb.conf</A
></H1
><P
>There is an option in smb.conf called <A
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/passdb.html b/docs/htmldocs/passdb.html
index 7a8fb7fdece..592e41e1b73 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/passdb.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/passdb.html
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN227"
+NAME="AEN234"
>3.1. Introduction</A
></H1
><P
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN234"
+NAME="AEN241"
>3.2. Important Notes About Security</A
></H1
><P
@@ -182,6 +182,10 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Other Microsoft operating systems which also exhibit
this behavior includes</P
><P
+> These versions of MS Windows do not support full domain
+ security protocols, although they may log onto a domain environment.
+ Of these Only MS Windows XP Home does NOT support domain logons.</P
+><P
></P
><TABLE
BORDER="0"
@@ -202,7 +206,43 @@ BORDER="0"
></TR
><TR
><TD
->Windows 2000</TD
+>Windows Me</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+>Windows XP Home</TD
+></TR
+></TBODY
+></TABLE
+><P
+></P
+><P
+> The following versions of MS Windows fully support domain
+ security protocols.</P
+><P
+></P
+><TABLE
+BORDER="0"
+><TBODY
+><TR
+><TD
+>Windows NT 3.5x</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+>Windows NT 4.0</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+>Windows 2000 Professional</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+>Windows 200x Server/Advanced Server</TD
+></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+>Windows XP Professional</TD
></TR
></TBODY
></TABLE
@@ -220,6 +260,21 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
SMB Challenge/Response mechanism described here. Enabling
clear text authentication does not disable the ability
of the client to participate in encrypted authentication.</P
+><P
+>MS Windows clients will cache the encrypted password alone.
+ Even when plain text passwords are re-enabled, through the appropriate
+ registry change, the plain text password is NEVER cached. This means that
+ in the event that a network connections should become disconnected (broken)
+ only the cached (encrypted) password will be sent to the resource server
+ to affect a auto-reconnect. If the resource server does not support encrypted
+ passwords the auto-reconnect will fail. <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>USE OF ENCRYPTED PASSWORDS
+ IS STRONGLY ADVISED.</I
+></SPAN
+></P
></TD
></TR
></TABLE
@@ -229,7 +284,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN249"
+NAME="AEN267"
>3.2.1. Advantages of SMB Encryption</A
></H2
><P
@@ -239,20 +294,25 @@ BORDER="0"
><TBODY
><TR
><TD
->plain text passwords are not passed across
+>Plain text passwords are not passed across
the network. Someone using a network sniffer cannot just
record passwords going to the SMB server.</TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
>WinNT doesn't like talking to a server
- that isn't using SMB encrypted passwords. It will refuse
+ that SM not support encrypted passwords. It will refuse
to browse the server if the server is also in user level
security mode. It will insist on prompting the user for the
password on each connection, which is very annoying. The
only things you can do to stop this is to use SMB encryption.
</TD
></TR
+><TR
+><TD
+>Encrypted password support allows auto-matic share
+ (resource) reconnects.</TD
+></TR
></TBODY
></TABLE
><P
@@ -263,7 +323,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN254"
+NAME="AEN273"
>3.2.2. Advantages of non-encrypted passwords</A
></H2
><P
@@ -273,20 +333,19 @@ BORDER="0"
><TBODY
><TR
><TD
->plain text passwords are not kept
- on disk. </TD
+>Plain text passwords are not kept
+ on disk, and are NOT cached in memory. </TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
->uses same password file as other unix
+>Uses same password file as other unix
services such as login and ftp</TD
></TR
><TR
><TD
->you are probably already using other
- services (such as telnet and ftp) which send plain text
- passwords over the net, so sending them for SMB isn't
- such a big deal.</TD
+>Use of other services (such as telnet and ftp) which
+ send plain text passwords over the net, so sending them for SMB
+ isn't such a big deal.</TD
></TR
></TBODY
></TABLE
@@ -299,7 +358,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN260"
+NAME="AEN279"
>3.3. The smbpasswd Command</A
></H1
><P
@@ -311,8 +370,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>yppasswd</B
> programs.
- It maintains the two 32 byte password fields
- in the passdb backend. </P
+ It maintains the two 32 byte password fields in the passdb backend. </P
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
@@ -403,7 +461,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN291"
+NAME="AEN310"
>3.4. Plain text</A
></H1
><P
@@ -423,7 +481,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN296"
+NAME="AEN315"
>3.5. TDB</A
></H1
><P
@@ -436,7 +494,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN299"
+NAME="AEN318"
>3.6. LDAP</A
></H1
><DIV
@@ -444,7 +502,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN301"
+NAME="AEN320"
>3.6.1. Introduction</A
></H2
><P
@@ -512,7 +570,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN321"
+NAME="AEN340"
>3.6.2. Introduction</A
></H2
><P
@@ -621,15 +679,16 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN350"
+NAME="AEN369"
>3.6.3. Supported LDAP Servers</A
></H2
><P
->The LDAP samdb code in 2.2.3 has been developed and tested using the OpenLDAP
-2.0 server and client libraries. The same code should be able to work with
-Netscape's Directory Server and client SDK. However, due to lack of testing
-so far, there are bound to be compile errors and bugs. These should not be
-hard to fix. If you are so inclined, please be sure to forward all patches to
+>The LDAP samdb code in 2.2.3 (and later) has been developed and tested
+using the OpenLDAP 2.0 server and client libraries.
+The same code should be able to work with Netscape's Directory Server
+and client SDK. However, due to lack of testing so far, there are bound
+to be compile errors and bugs. These should not be hard to fix.
+If you are so inclined, please be sure to forward all patches to
<A
HREF="samba-patches@samba.org"
TARGET="_top"
@@ -646,7 +705,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN355"
+NAME="AEN374"
>3.6.4. Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</A
></H2
><P
@@ -703,7 +762,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN367"
+NAME="AEN386"
>3.6.5. Configuring Samba with LDAP</A
></H2
><DIV
@@ -711,7 +770,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN369"
+NAME="AEN388"
>3.6.5.1. OpenLDAP configuration</A
></H3
><P
@@ -793,7 +852,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN386"
+NAME="AEN405"
>3.6.5.2. Configuring Samba</A
></H3
><P
@@ -909,7 +968,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN414"
+NAME="AEN433"
>3.6.6. Accounts and Groups management</A
></H2
><P
@@ -934,7 +993,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN419"
+NAME="AEN438"
>3.6.7. Security and sambaAccount</A
></H2
><P
@@ -1013,7 +1072,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN439"
+NAME="AEN458"
>3.6.8. LDAP specials attributes for sambaAccounts</A
></H2
><P
@@ -1220,7 +1279,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN509"
+NAME="AEN528"
>3.6.9. Example LDIF Entries for a sambaAccount</A
></H2
><P
@@ -1279,7 +1338,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN517"
+NAME="AEN536"
>3.7. MySQL</A
></H1
><DIV
@@ -1287,7 +1346,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN519"
+NAME="AEN538"
>3.7.1. Building</A
></H2
><P
@@ -1308,7 +1367,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN525"
+NAME="AEN544"
>3.7.2. Creating the database</A
></H2
><P
@@ -1344,7 +1403,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN535"
+NAME="AEN554"
>3.7.3. Configuring</A
></H2
><P
@@ -1455,7 +1514,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN552"
+NAME="AEN571"
>3.7.4. Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password</A
></H2
><P
@@ -1470,7 +1529,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN557"
+NAME="AEN576"
>3.7.5. Getting non-column data from the table</A
></H2
><P
@@ -1496,7 +1555,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN565"
+NAME="AEN584"
>3.8. Passdb XML plugin</A
></H1
><DIV
@@ -1504,7 +1563,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN567"
+NAME="AEN586"
>3.8.1. Building</A
></H2
><P
@@ -1524,7 +1583,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN573"
+NAME="AEN592"
>3.8.2. Usage</A
></H2
><P
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/portability.html b/docs/htmldocs/portability.html
index b6d406ce1df..c3667284d93 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/portability.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/portability.html
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="PORTABILITY"
></A
->Chapter 21. Portability</H1
+>Chapter 24. Portability</H1
><P
>Samba works on a wide range of platforms but the interface all the
platforms provide is not always compatible. This chapter contains
@@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3156"
->21.1. HPUX</A
+NAME="AEN3626"
+>24.1. HPUX</A
></H1
><P
>HP's implementation of supplementary groups is, er, non-standard (for
@@ -114,8 +114,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3162"
->21.2. SCO Unix</A
+NAME="AEN3632"
+>24.2. SCO Unix</A
></H1
><P
>
@@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3166"
->21.3. DNIX</A
+NAME="AEN3636"
+>24.3. DNIX</A
></H1
><P
>DNIX has a problem with seteuid() and setegid(). These routines are
@@ -238,8 +238,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3195"
->21.4. RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</A
+NAME="AEN3665"
+>24.4. RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</A
></H1
><P
>By default RedHat Rembrandt-II during installation adds an
@@ -262,16 +262,16 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3201"
->21.5. AIX</A
+NAME="AEN3671"
+>24.5. AIX</A
></H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN3203"
->21.5.1. Sequential Read Ahead</A
+NAME="AEN3673"
+>24.5.1. Sequential Read Ahead</A
></H2
><P
>Disabling Sequential Read Ahead using "vmtune -r 0" improves
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/printing.html b/docs/htmldocs/printing.html
index 91a1ad72b0e..ed4528281b4 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/printing.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/printing.html
@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba"
HREF="msdfs.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
-TITLE="Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind"
-HREF="winbind.html"></HEAD
+TITLE="CUPS Printing Support"
+HREF="cups-printing.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="CHAPTER"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
-HREF="winbind.html"
+HREF="cups-printing.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
@@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="PRINTING"
></A
->Chapter 13. Printing Support</H1
+>Chapter 14. Printing Support</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1957"
->13.1. Introduction</A
+NAME="AEN2058"
+>14.1. Introduction</A
></H1
><P
>Beginning with the 2.2.0 release, Samba supports
@@ -163,8 +163,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1979"
->13.2. Configuration</A
+NAME="AEN2080"
+>14.2. Configuration</A
></H1
><DIV
CLASS="WARNING"
@@ -225,8 +225,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1987"
->13.2.1. Creating [print$]</A
+NAME="AEN2088"
+>14.2.1. Creating [print$]</A
></H2
><P
>In order to support the uploading of printer driver
@@ -442,8 +442,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2022"
->13.2.2. Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</A
+NAME="AEN2123"
+>14.2.2. Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</A
></H2
><P
>The initial listing of printers in the Samba host's
@@ -514,8 +514,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2038"
->13.2.3. Support a large number of printers</A
+NAME="AEN2139"
+>14.2.3. Support a large number of printers</A
></H2
><P
>One issue that has arisen during the development
@@ -580,8 +580,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2049"
->13.2.4. Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</A
+NAME="AEN2150"
+>14.2.4. Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</A
></H2
><P
>By default, Samba offers all printer shares defined in <TT
@@ -735,8 +735,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2079"
->13.2.5. Samba and Printer Ports</A
+NAME="AEN2180"
+>14.2.5. Samba and Printer Ports</A
></H2
><P
>Windows NT/2000 print servers associate a port with each printer. These normally
@@ -770,8 +770,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2087"
->13.3. The Imprints Toolset</A
+NAME="AEN2188"
+>14.3. The Imprints Toolset</A
></H1
><P
>The Imprints tool set provides a UNIX equivalent of the
@@ -788,8 +788,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2091"
->13.3.1. What is Imprints?</A
+NAME="AEN2192"
+>14.3.1. What is Imprints?</A
></H2
><P
>Imprints is a collection of tools for supporting the goals
@@ -820,8 +820,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2101"
->13.3.2. Creating Printer Driver Packages</A
+NAME="AEN2202"
+>14.3.2. Creating Printer Driver Packages</A
></H2
><P
>The process of creating printer driver packages is beyond
@@ -836,8 +836,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2104"
->13.3.3. The Imprints server</A
+NAME="AEN2205"
+>14.3.3. The Imprints server</A
></H2
><P
>The Imprints server is really a database server that
@@ -860,8 +860,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2108"
->13.3.4. The Installation Client</A
+NAME="AEN2209"
+>14.3.4. The Installation Client</A
></H2
><P
>More information regarding the Imprints installation client
@@ -954,16 +954,16 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2130"
->13.4. Diagnosis</A
+NAME="AEN2231"
+>14.4. Diagnosis</A
></H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2132"
->13.4.1. Introduction</A
+NAME="AEN2233"
+>14.4.1. Introduction</A
></H2
><P
>This is a short description of how to debug printing problems with
@@ -1037,8 +1037,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2148"
->13.4.2. Debugging printer problems</A
+NAME="AEN2249"
+>14.4.2. Debugging printer problems</A
></H2
><P
>One way to debug printing problems is to start by replacing these
@@ -1094,8 +1094,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2157"
->13.4.3. What printers do I have?</A
+NAME="AEN2258"
+>14.4.3. What printers do I have?</A
></H2
><P
>You can use the 'testprns' program to check to see if the printer
@@ -1123,8 +1123,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2165"
->13.4.4. Setting up printcap and print servers</A
+NAME="AEN2266"
+>14.4.4. Setting up printcap and print servers</A
></H2
><P
>You may need to set up some printcaps for your Samba system to use.
@@ -1207,8 +1207,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2193"
->13.4.5. Job sent, no output</A
+NAME="AEN2294"
+>14.4.5. Job sent, no output</A
></H2
><P
>This is the most frustrating part of printing. You may have sent the
@@ -1252,8 +1252,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2204"
->13.4.6. Job sent, strange output</A
+NAME="AEN2305"
+>14.4.6. Job sent, strange output</A
></H2
><P
>Once you have the job printing, you can then start worrying about
@@ -1298,8 +1298,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2216"
->13.4.7. Raw PostScript printed</A
+NAME="AEN2317"
+>14.4.7. Raw PostScript printed</A
></H2
><P
>This is a problem that is usually caused by either the print spooling
@@ -1313,8 +1313,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2219"
->13.4.8. Advanced Printing</A
+NAME="AEN2320"
+>14.4.8. Advanced Printing</A
></H2
><P
>Note that you can do some pretty magic things by using your
@@ -1329,8 +1329,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2222"
->13.4.9. Real debugging</A
+NAME="AEN2323"
+>14.4.9. Real debugging</A
></H2
><P
>If the above debug tips don't help, then maybe you need to bring in
@@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
-HREF="winbind.html"
+HREF="cups-printing.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
@@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ ACCESSKEY="U"
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
->Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</TD
+>CUPS Printing Support</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/samba-bdc.html b/docs/htmldocs/samba-bdc.html
index c0c1805f8fc..bc1429673a9 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/samba-bdc.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/samba-bdc.html
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ REL="UP"
TITLE="Type of installation"
HREF="type.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
-TITLE="Samba as a NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller"
+TITLE="Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller"
HREF="samba-pdc.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="Samba as a ADS domain member"
@@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="SAMBA-BDC"
></A
->Chapter 6. How to Act as a Backup Domain Controller in a Purely Samba Controlled Domain</H1
+>Chapter 7. How to Act as a Backup Domain Controller in a Purely Samba Controlled Domain</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1177"
->6.1. Prerequisite Reading</A
+NAME="AEN1278"
+>7.1. Prerequisite Reading</A
></H1
><P
>Before you continue reading in this chapter, please make sure
@@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1181"
->6.2. Background</A
+NAME="AEN1282"
+>7.2. Background</A
></H1
><P
>What is a Domain Controller? It is a machine that is able to answer
@@ -142,8 +142,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1189"
->6.3. What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</A
+NAME="AEN1290"
+>7.3. What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</A
></H1
><P
>Every machine that is a Domain Controller for the domain SAMBA has to
@@ -159,8 +159,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1192"
->6.3.1. How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</A
+NAME="AEN1293"
+>7.3.1. How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</A
></H2
><P
>A NT workstation in the domain SAMBA that wants a local user to be
@@ -178,8 +178,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1195"
->6.3.2. When is the PDC needed?</A
+NAME="AEN1296"
+>7.3.2. When is the PDC needed?</A
></H2
><P
>Whenever a user wants to change his password, this has to be done on
@@ -194,8 +194,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1198"
->6.4. Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT PDC?</A
+NAME="AEN1299"
+>7.4. Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT PDC?</A
></H1
><P
>With version 2.2, no. The native NT SAM replication protocols have
@@ -217,8 +217,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1203"
->6.5. How do I set up a Samba BDC?</A
+NAME="AEN1304"
+>7.5. How do I set up a Samba BDC?</A
></H1
><P
>Several things have to be done:</P
@@ -284,8 +284,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1220"
->6.5.1. How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</A
+NAME="AEN1321"
+>7.5.1. How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</A
></H2
><P
>Replication of the smbpasswd file is sensitive. It has to be done
@@ -305,8 +305,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1224"
->6.5.2. Can I do this all with LDAP?</A
+NAME="AEN1325"
+>7.5.2. Can I do this all with LDAP?</A
></H2
><P
>The simple answer is YES. Samba's pdb_ldap code supports
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ ACCESSKEY="N"
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
->Samba as a NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller</TD
+>Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/samba-howto-collection.html b/docs/htmldocs/samba-howto-collection.html
index 51b4fddcba5..b16e4556f81 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/samba-howto-collection.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/samba-howto-collection.html
@@ -181,42 +181,42 @@ HREF="passdb.html"
><DL
><DT
>3.1. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN227"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN234"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
>3.2. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN234"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN241"
>Important Notes About Security</A
></DT
><DT
>3.3. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN260"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN279"
>The smbpasswd Command</A
></DT
><DT
>3.4. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN291"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN310"
>Plain text</A
></DT
><DT
>3.5. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN296"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN315"
>TDB</A
></DT
><DT
>3.6. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN299"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN318"
>LDAP</A
></DT
><DT
>3.7. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN517"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN536"
>MySQL</A
></DT
><DT
>3.8. <A
-HREF="passdb.html#AEN565"
+HREF="passdb.html#AEN584"
>Passdb XML plugin</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -232,167 +232,190 @@ HREF="type.html"
><DL
><DT
>4. <A
-HREF="securitylevels.html"
->User and Share security level (for servers not in a domain)</A
+HREF="servertype.html"
+>Nomenclature of Server Types</A
+></DT
+><DD
+><DL
+><DT
+>4.1. <A
+HREF="servertype.html#AEN629"
+>Stand Alone Server</A
></DT
><DT
+>4.2. <A
+HREF="servertype.html#AEN635"
+>Domain Member Server</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>4.3. <A
+HREF="servertype.html#AEN641"
+>Domain Controller</A
+></DT
+></DL
+></DD
+><DT
>5. <A
+HREF="securitylevels.html"
+>Samba as Stand-Alone server (User and Share security level)</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>6. <A
HREF="samba-pdc.html"
->Samba as a NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller</A
+>Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->5.1. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN625"
+>6.1. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN705"
>Prerequisite Reading</A
></DT
><DT
->5.2. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN631"
+>6.2. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN710"
>Background</A
></DT
><DT
->5.3. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN670"
+>6.3. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN748"
>Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</A
></DT
><DT
->5.4. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN713"
->Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the
-Domain</A
+>6.4. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN790"
+>Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the Domain</A
></DT
><DT
->5.5. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN797"
+>6.5. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN898"
>Common Problems and Errors</A
></DT
><DT
->5.6. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN845"
+>6.6. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN946"
>System Policies and Profiles</A
></DT
><DT
->5.7. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN889"
+>6.7. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN990"
>What other help can I get?</A
></DT
><DT
->5.8. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN1003"
+>6.8. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN1104"
>Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</A
></DT
><DT
->5.9. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN1141"
+>6.9. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN1242"
>DOMAIN_CONTROL.txt : Windows NT Domain Control &#38; Samba</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->6. <A
+>7. <A
HREF="samba-bdc.html"
>How to Act as a Backup Domain Controller in a Purely Samba Controlled Domain</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->6.1. <A
-HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1177"
+>7.1. <A
+HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1278"
>Prerequisite Reading</A
></DT
><DT
->6.2. <A
-HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1181"
+>7.2. <A
+HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1282"
>Background</A
></DT
><DT
->6.3. <A
-HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1189"
+>7.3. <A
+HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1290"
>What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</A
></DT
><DT
->6.4. <A
-HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1198"
+>7.4. <A
+HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1299"
>Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT PDC?</A
></DT
><DT
->6.5. <A
-HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1203"
+>7.5. <A
+HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1304"
>How do I set up a Samba BDC?</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->7. <A
+>8. <A
HREF="ads.html"
>Samba as a ADS domain member</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->7.1. <A
-HREF="ads.html#AEN1242"
+>8.1. <A
+HREF="ads.html#AEN1343"
>Installing the required packages for Debian</A
></DT
><DT
->7.2. <A
-HREF="ads.html#AEN1249"
+>8.2. <A
+HREF="ads.html#AEN1350"
>Installing the required packages for RedHat</A
></DT
><DT
->7.3. <A
-HREF="ads.html#AEN1259"
+>8.3. <A
+HREF="ads.html#AEN1360"
>Compile Samba</A
></DT
><DT
->7.4. <A
-HREF="ads.html#AEN1274"
+>8.4. <A
+HREF="ads.html#AEN1375"
>Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</A
></DT
><DT
->7.5. <A
-HREF="ads.html#AEN1284"
+>8.5. <A
+HREF="ads.html#AEN1385"
>Create the computer account</A
></DT
><DT
->7.6. <A
-HREF="ads.html#AEN1296"
+>8.6. <A
+HREF="ads.html#AEN1397"
>Test your server setup</A
></DT
><DT
->7.7. <A
-HREF="ads.html#AEN1301"
+>8.7. <A
+HREF="ads.html#AEN1402"
>Testing with smbclient</A
></DT
><DT
->7.8. <A
-HREF="ads.html#AEN1304"
+>8.8. <A
+HREF="ads.html#AEN1405"
>Notes</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->8. <A
+>9. <A
HREF="domain-security.html"
>Samba as a NT4 or Win2k domain member</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->8.1. <A
-HREF="domain-security.html#AEN1326"
+>9.1. <A
+HREF="domain-security.html#AEN1427"
>Joining an NT Domain with Samba 3.0</A
></DT
><DT
->8.2. <A
-HREF="domain-security.html#AEN1381"
+>9.2. <A
+HREF="domain-security.html#AEN1482"
>Samba and Windows 2000 Domains</A
></DT
><DT
->8.3. <A
-HREF="domain-security.html#AEN1384"
+>9.3. <A
+HREF="domain-security.html#AEN1485"
>Why is this better than security = server?</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -407,95 +430,95 @@ HREF="optional.html"
><DD
><DL
><DT
->9. <A
+>10. <A
HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html"
>Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->9.1. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1416"
+>10.1. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1517"
>Agenda</A
></DT
><DT
->9.2. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1438"
+>10.2. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1539"
>Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</A
></DT
><DT
->9.3. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1501"
+>10.3. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1602"
>Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</A
></DT
><DT
->9.4. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1546"
+>10.4. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1647"
>How browsing functions and how to deploy stable and
dependable browsing using Samba</A
></DT
><DT
->9.5. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1556"
+>10.5. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1657"
>MS Windows security options and how to configure
Samba for seemless integration</A
></DT
><DT
->9.6. <A
-HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1626"
+>10.6. <A
+HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html#AEN1727"
>Conclusions</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->10. <A
+>11. <A
HREF="unix-permissions.html"
>UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->10.1. <A
-HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1647"
+>11.1. <A
+HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1748"
>Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT
security dialogs</A
></DT
><DT
->10.2. <A
-HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1651"
+>11.2. <A
+HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1752"
>How to view file security on a Samba share</A
></DT
><DT
->10.3. <A
-HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1662"
+>11.3. <A
+HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1763"
>Viewing file ownership</A
></DT
><DT
->10.4. <A
-HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1682"
+>11.4. <A
+HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1783"
>Viewing file or directory permissions</A
></DT
><DT
->10.5. <A
-HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1718"
+>11.5. <A
+HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1819"
>Modifying file or directory permissions</A
></DT
><DT
->10.6. <A
-HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1740"
+>11.6. <A
+HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1841"
>Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
parameters</A
></DT
><DT
->10.7. <A
-HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1804"
+>11.7. <A
+HREF="unix-permissions.html#AEN1905"
>Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute
mapping</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->11. <A
+>12. <A
HREF="pam.html"
>Configuring PAM for distributed but centrally
managed authentication</A
@@ -503,324 +526,387 @@ managed authentication</A
><DD
><DL
><DT
->11.1. <A
-HREF="pam.html#AEN1825"
+>12.1. <A
+HREF="pam.html#AEN1926"
>Samba and PAM</A
></DT
><DT
->11.2. <A
-HREF="pam.html#AEN1869"
+>12.2. <A
+HREF="pam.html#AEN1970"
>Distributed Authentication</A
></DT
><DT
->11.3. <A
-HREF="pam.html#AEN1876"
+>12.3. <A
+HREF="pam.html#AEN1977"
>PAM Configuration in smb.conf</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->12. <A
+>13. <A
HREF="msdfs.html"
>Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->12.1. <A
-HREF="msdfs.html#AEN1896"
+>13.1. <A
+HREF="msdfs.html#AEN1997"
>Instructions</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->13. <A
+>14. <A
HREF="printing.html"
>Printing Support</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->13.1. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN1957"
+>14.1. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2058"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->13.2. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN1979"
+>14.2. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2080"
>Configuration</A
></DT
><DT
->13.3. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2087"
+>14.3. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2188"
>The Imprints Toolset</A
></DT
><DT
->13.4. <A
-HREF="printing.html#AEN2130"
+>14.4. <A
+HREF="printing.html#AEN2231"
>Diagnosis</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->14. <A
+>15. <A
+HREF="cups-printing.html"
+>CUPS Printing Support</A
+></DT
+><DD
+><DL
+><DT
+>15.1. <A
+HREF="cups-printing.html#AEN2343"
+>Introduction</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.2. <A
+HREF="cups-printing.html#AEN2348"
+>CUPS - RAW Print Through Mode</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.3. <A
+HREF="cups-printing.html#AEN2403"
+>The CUPS Filter Chains</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.4. <A
+HREF="cups-printing.html#AEN2442"
+>CUPS Print Drivers and Devices</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.5. <A
+HREF="cups-printing.html#AEN2519"
+>Limiting the number of pages users can print</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.6. <A
+HREF="cups-printing.html#AEN2608"
+>Advanced Postscript Printing from MS Windows</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>15.7. <A
+HREF="cups-printing.html#AEN2623"
+>Auto-Deletion of CUPS spool files</A
+></DT
+></DL
+></DD
+><DT
+>16. <A
HREF="winbind.html"
>Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->14.1. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2263"
+>16.1. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2685"
>Abstract</A
></DT
><DT
->14.2. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2267"
+>16.2. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2689"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->14.3. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2280"
+>16.3. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2702"
>What Winbind Provides</A
></DT
><DT
->14.4. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2291"
+>16.4. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2713"
>How Winbind Works</A
></DT
><DT
->14.5. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2334"
+>16.5. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN2756"
>Installation and Configuration</A
></DT
><DT
->14.6. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2583"
+>16.6. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN3013"
>Limitations</A
></DT
><DT
->14.7. <A
-HREF="winbind.html#AEN2593"
+>16.7. <A
+HREF="winbind.html#AEN3023"
>Conclusion</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->15. <A
+>17. <A
HREF="improved-browsing.html"
>Improved browsing in samba</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->15.1. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2603"
+>17.1. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3033"
>Overview of browsing</A
></DT
><DT
->15.2. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2608"
+>17.2. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3038"
>Browsing support in samba</A
></DT
><DT
->15.3. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2616"
+>17.3. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3046"
>Problem resolution</A
></DT
><DT
->15.4. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2625"
+>17.4. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3055"
>Browsing across subnets</A
></DT
><DT
->15.5. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2665"
+>17.5. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3095"
>Setting up a WINS server</A
></DT
><DT
->15.6. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2684"
+>17.6. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3114"
>Setting up Browsing in a WORKGROUP</A
></DT
><DT
->15.7. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2702"
+>17.7. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3132"
>Setting up Browsing in a DOMAIN</A
></DT
><DT
->15.8. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2712"
+>17.8. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3142"
>Forcing samba to be the master</A
></DT
><DT
->15.9. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2721"
+>17.9. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3151"
>Making samba the domain master</A
></DT
><DT
->15.10. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2739"
+>17.10. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3169"
>Note about broadcast addresses</A
></DT
><DT
->15.11. <A
-HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN2742"
+>17.11. <A
+HREF="improved-browsing.html#AEN3172"
>Multiple interfaces</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->16. <A
+>18. <A
HREF="vfs.html"
>Stackable VFS modules</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->16.1. <A
-HREF="vfs.html#AEN2760"
+>18.1. <A
+HREF="vfs.html#AEN3190"
>Introduction and configuration</A
></DT
><DT
->16.2. <A
-HREF="vfs.html#AEN2769"
+>18.2. <A
+HREF="vfs.html#AEN3199"
>Included modules</A
></DT
><DT
->16.3. <A
-HREF="vfs.html#AEN2823"
+>18.3. <A
+HREF="vfs.html#AEN3253"
>VFS modules available elsewhere</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->17. <A
+>19. <A
HREF="groupmapping.html"
>Group mapping HOWTO</A
></DT
><DT
->18. <A
+>20. <A
HREF="speed.html"
>Samba performance issues</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->18.1. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2890"
+>20.1. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3320"
>Comparisons</A
></DT
><DT
->18.2. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2896"
+>20.2. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3326"
>Socket options</A
></DT
><DT
->18.3. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2903"
+>20.3. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3333"
>Read size</A
></DT
><DT
->18.4. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2908"
+>20.4. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3338"
>Max xmit</A
></DT
><DT
->18.5. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2913"
+>20.5. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3343"
>Log level</A
></DT
><DT
->18.6. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2916"
+>20.6. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3346"
>Read raw</A
></DT
><DT
->18.7. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2921"
+>20.7. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3351"
>Write raw</A
></DT
><DT
->18.8. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2925"
+>20.8. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3355"
>Slow Clients</A
></DT
><DT
->18.9. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2929"
+>20.9. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3359"
>Slow Logins</A
></DT
><DT
->18.10. <A
-HREF="speed.html#AEN2932"
+>20.10. <A
+HREF="speed.html#AEN3362"
>Client tuning</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->19. <A
+>21. <A
HREF="groupprofiles.html"
>Creating Group Prolicy Files</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->19.1. <A
-HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN2980"
+>21.1. <A
+HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN3410"
>Windows '9x</A
></DT
><DT
->19.2. <A
-HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN2990"
+>21.2. <A
+HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN3420"
>Windows NT 4</A
></DT
><DT
->19.3. <A
-HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN3028"
+>21.3. <A
+HREF="groupprofiles.html#AEN3458"
>Windows 2000/XP</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->20. <A
+>22. <A
HREF="securing-samba.html"
>Securing Samba</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->20.1. <A
-HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3109"
+>22.1. <A
+HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3539"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->20.2. <A
-HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3112"
+>22.2. <A
+HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3542"
>Using host based protection</A
></DT
><DT
->20.3. <A
-HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3119"
+>22.3. <A
+HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3549"
>Using interface protection</A
></DT
><DT
->20.4. <A
-HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3128"
+>22.4. <A
+HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3558"
>Using a firewall</A
></DT
><DT
->20.5. <A
-HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3135"
+>22.5. <A
+HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3565"
>Using a IPC$ share deny</A
></DT
><DT
->20.6. <A
-HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3144"
+>22.6. <A
+HREF="securing-samba.html#AEN3574"
>Upgrading Samba</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
+><DT
+>23. <A
+HREF="unicode.html"
+>Unicode/Charsets</A
+></DT
+><DD
+><DL
+><DT
+>23.1. <A
+HREF="unicode.html#AEN3588"
+>What are charsets and unicode?</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>23.2. <A
+HREF="unicode.html#AEN3597"
+>Samba and charsets</A
+></DT
+></DL
+></DD
></DL
></DD
><DT
@@ -831,166 +917,166 @@ HREF="appendixes.html"
><DD
><DL
><DT
->21. <A
+>24. <A
HREF="portability.html"
>Portability</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->21.1. <A
-HREF="portability.html#AEN3156"
+>24.1. <A
+HREF="portability.html#AEN3626"
>HPUX</A
></DT
><DT
->21.2. <A
-HREF="portability.html#AEN3162"
+>24.2. <A
+HREF="portability.html#AEN3632"
>SCO Unix</A
></DT
><DT
->21.3. <A
-HREF="portability.html#AEN3166"
+>24.3. <A
+HREF="portability.html#AEN3636"
>DNIX</A
></DT
><DT
->21.4. <A
-HREF="portability.html#AEN3195"
+>24.4. <A
+HREF="portability.html#AEN3665"
>RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</A
></DT
><DT
->21.5. <A
-HREF="portability.html#AEN3201"
+>24.5. <A
+HREF="portability.html#AEN3671"
>AIX</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->22. <A
+>25. <A
HREF="other-clients.html"
>Samba and other CIFS clients</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->22.1. <A
-HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3221"
+>25.1. <A
+HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3691"
>Macintosh clients?</A
></DT
><DT
->22.2. <A
-HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3230"
+>25.2. <A
+HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3700"
>OS2 Client</A
></DT
><DT
->22.3. <A
-HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3270"
+>25.3. <A
+HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3740"
>Windows for Workgroups</A
></DT
><DT
->22.4. <A
-HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3294"
+>25.4. <A
+HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3764"
>Windows '95/'98</A
></DT
><DT
->22.5. <A
-HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3310"
+>25.5. <A
+HREF="other-clients.html#AEN3780"
>Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->23. <A
+>26. <A
HREF="compiling.html"
>How to compile SAMBA</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->23.1. <A
-HREF="compiling.html#AEN3337"
+>26.1. <A
+HREF="compiling.html#AEN3807"
>Access Samba source code via CVS</A
></DT
><DT
->23.2. <A
-HREF="compiling.html#AEN3380"
+>26.2. <A
+HREF="compiling.html#AEN3850"
>Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</A
></DT
><DT
->23.3. <A
-HREF="compiling.html#AEN3386"
+>26.3. <A
+HREF="compiling.html#AEN3856"
>Building the Binaries</A
></DT
><DT
->23.4. <A
-HREF="compiling.html#AEN3414"
+>26.4. <A
+HREF="compiling.html#AEN3884"
>Starting the smbd and nmbd</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->24. <A
+>27. <A
HREF="bugreport.html"
>Reporting Bugs</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->24.1. <A
-HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3476"
+>27.1. <A
+HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3946"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->24.2. <A
-HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3486"
+>27.2. <A
+HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3956"
>General info</A
></DT
><DT
->24.3. <A
-HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3492"
+>27.3. <A
+HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3962"
>Debug levels</A
></DT
><DT
->24.4. <A
-HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3509"
+>27.4. <A
+HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3979"
>Internal errors</A
></DT
><DT
->24.5. <A
-HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3519"
+>27.5. <A
+HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3989"
>Attaching to a running process</A
></DT
><DT
->24.6. <A
-HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3522"
+>27.6. <A
+HREF="bugreport.html#AEN3992"
>Patches</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->25. <A
+>28. <A
HREF="diagnosis.html"
>The samba checklist</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->25.1. <A
-HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN3545"
+>28.1. <A
+HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN4015"
>Introduction</A
></DT
><DT
->25.2. <A
-HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN3550"
+>28.2. <A
+HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN4020"
>Assumptions</A
></DT
><DT
->25.3. <A
-HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN3560"
+>28.3. <A
+HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN4030"
>Tests</A
></DT
><DT
->25.4. <A
-HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN3670"
+>28.4. <A
+HREF="diagnosis.html#AEN4140"
>Still having troubles?</A
></DT
></DL
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/samba-pdc.html b/docs/htmldocs/samba-pdc.html
index 7c4caf4f302..98d735da06b 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/samba-pdc.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/samba-pdc.html
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
->Samba as a NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller</TITLE
+>Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"><LINK
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ REL="UP"
TITLE="Type of installation"
HREF="type.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
-TITLE="User and Share security level (for servers not in a domain)"
+TITLE="Samba as Stand-Alone server (User and Share security level)"
HREF="securitylevels.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="How to Act as a Backup Domain Controller in a Purely Samba Controlled Domain"
@@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="SAMBA-PDC"
></A
->Chapter 5. Samba as a NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller</H1
+>Chapter 6. Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN625"
->5.1. Prerequisite Reading</A
+NAME="AEN705"
+>6.1. Prerequisite Reading</A
></H1
><P
>Before you continue reading in this chapter, please make sure
@@ -96,98 +96,42 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>smb.conf(5)</TT
></A
>
-manpage and the <A
-HREF="ENCRYPTION.html"
-TARGET="_top"
->Encryption chapter</A
->
-of this HOWTO Collection.</P
+manpage.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN631"
->5.2. Background</A
+NAME="AEN710"
+>6.2. Background</A
></H1
-><DIV
-CLASS="NOTE"
-><P
-></P
-><TABLE
-CLASS="NOTE"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="25"
-ALIGN="CENTER"
-VALIGN="TOP"
-><IMG
-SRC="/usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/dsssl/modular/images/note.gif"
-HSPACE="5"
-ALT="Note"></TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="TOP"
><P
-><SPAN
-CLASS="emphasis"
-><I
-CLASS="EMPHASIS"
->Author's Note:</I
-></SPAN
-> This document is a combination
-of David Bannon's "Samba 2.2 PDC HOWTO" and "Samba NT Domain FAQ".
-Both documents are superseded by this one.</P
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-></DIV
-><P
->Versions of Samba prior to release 2.2 had marginal capabilities to act
-as a Windows NT 4.0 Primary Domain Controller
-
-(PDC). With Samba 2.2.0, we are proud to announce official support for
-Windows NT 4.0-style domain logons from Windows NT 4.0 and Windows
-2000 clients. This article outlines the steps
-necessary for configuring Samba as a PDC. It is necessary to have a
-working Samba server prior to implementing the PDC functionality. If
-you have not followed the steps outlined in <A
-HREF="UNIX_INSTALL.html"
-TARGET="_top"
-> UNIX_INSTALL.html</A
->, please make sure
-that your server is configured correctly before proceeding. Another
-good resource in the <A
-HREF="smb.conf.5.html"
-TARGET="_top"
->smb.conf(5) man
-page</A
->. The following functionality should work in 2.2:</P
+>This article outlines the steps necessary for configuring Samba as a PDC.
+It is necessary to have a working Samba server prior to implementing the
+PDC functionality.</P
><P
></P
><UL
><LI
><P
-> domain logons for Windows NT 4.0/2000 clients.
+> domain logons for Windows NT 4.0 / 200x / XP Professional clients.
</P
></LI
><LI
><P
-> placing a Windows 9x client in user level security
+> placing Windows 9x / Me clients in user level security
</P
></LI
><LI
><P
> retrieving a list of users and groups from a Samba PDC to
- Windows 9x/NT/2000 clients
+ Windows 9x / Me / NT / 200x / XP Professional clients
</P
></LI
><LI
><P
-> roving (roaming) user profiles
+> roaming user profiles
</P
></LI
><LI
@@ -197,7 +141,7 @@ page</A
></LI
></UL
><P
->The following pieces of functionality are not included in the 2.2 release:</P
+>The following functionalities are new to the Samba 3.0 release:</P
><P
></P
><UL
@@ -208,13 +152,19 @@ page</A
></LI
><LI
><P
-> SAM replication with Windows NT 4.0 Domain Controllers
- (i.e. a Samba PDC and a Windows NT BDC or vice versa)
+> Adding users via the User Manager for Domains
</P
></LI
+></UL
+><P
+>The following functionalities are NOT provided by Samba 3.0:</P
+><P
+></P
+><UL
><LI
><P
-> Adding users via the User Manager for Domains
+> SAM replication with Windows NT 4.0 Domain Controllers
+ (i.e. a Samba PDC and a Windows NT BDC or vice versa)
</P
></LI
><LI
@@ -225,13 +175,22 @@ page</A
></LI
></UL
><P
->Please note that Windows 9x clients are not true members of a domain
+>Please note that Windows 9x / Me / XP Home clients are not true members of a domain
for reasons outlined in this article. Therefore the protocol for
support Windows 9x-style domain logons is completely different
-from NT4 domain logons and has been officially supported for some
+from NT4 / Win2k type domain logons and has been officially supported for some
time.</P
><P
->Implementing a Samba PDC can basically be divided into 2 broad
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>MS Windows XP Home edition is NOT able to join a domain and does not permit
+the use of domain logons.</I
+></SPAN
+></P
+><P
+>Implementing a Samba PDC can basically be divided into 3 broad
steps.</P
><P
></P
@@ -244,8 +203,12 @@ TYPE="1"
></LI
><LI
><P
-> Creating machine trust accounts and joining clients
- to the domain
+> Creating machine trust accounts and joining clients to the domain
+ </P
+></LI
+><LI
+><P
+> Adding and managing domain user accounts
</P
></LI
></OL
@@ -253,27 +216,26 @@ TYPE="1"
>There are other minor details such as user profiles, system
policies, etc... However, these are not necessarily specific
to a Samba PDC as much as they are related to Windows NT networking
-concepts. They will be mentioned only briefly here.</P
+concepts.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN670"
->5.3. Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</A
+NAME="AEN748"
+>6.3. Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</A
></H1
><P
>The first step in creating a working Samba PDC is to
-understand the parameters necessary in smb.conf. I will not
-attempt to re-explain the parameters here as they are more that
-adequately covered in <A
+understand the parameters necessary in smb.conf. Here we
+attempt to explain the parameters that are covered in
+<A
HREF="smb.conf.5.html"
TARGET="_top"
> the smb.conf
man page</A
->. For convenience, the parameters have been
-linked with the actual smb.conf description.</P
+>.</P
><P
>Here is an example <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
@@ -351,8 +313,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
>logon path</A
> = \\%N\profiles\%u
- ; where is a user's home directory and where should it
- ; be mounted at?
+ ; where is a user's home directory and where should it be mounted at?
<A
HREF="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONDRIVE"
TARGET="_top"
@@ -450,25 +411,17 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
></LI
></UL
><P
->As Samba 2.2 does not offer a complete implementation of group mapping
+>Samba 3.0 offers a complete implementation of group mapping
between Windows NT groups and Unix groups (this is really quite
-complicated to explain in a short space), you should refer to the
-<A
-HREF="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINADMINGROUP"
-TARGET="_top"
->domain admin
-group</A
-> smb.conf parameter for information of creating "Domain
-Admins" style accounts.</P
+complicated to explain in a short space).</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN713"
->5.4. Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the
-Domain</A
+NAME="AEN790"
+>6.4. Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the Domain</A
></H1
><P
>A machine trust account is a Samba account that is used to
@@ -480,14 +433,127 @@ Account."</P
secure communication with the Domain Controller. This is a security
feature to prevent an unauthorized machine with the same NetBIOS name
from joining the domain and gaining access to domain user/group
-accounts. Windows NT and 2000 clients use machine trust accounts, but
-Windows 9x clients do not. Hence, a Windows 9x client is never a true
-member of a domain because it does not possess a machine trust
-account, and thus has no shared secret with the domain controller.</P
+accounts. Windows NT, 200x, XP Professional clients use machine trust
+accounts, but Windows 9x / Me / XP Home clients do not. Hence, a
+Windows 9x / Me / XP Home client is never a true member of a domain
+because it does not possess a machine trust account, and thus has no
+shared secret with the domain controller.</P
><P
>A Windows PDC stores each machine trust account in the Windows
-Registry. A Samba PDC, however, stores each machine trust account
-in two parts, as follows:
+Registry. A Samba-3 PDC also has to stoe machine trust account information
+in a suitable back-end data store. With Samba-3 there can be multiple back-ends
+for this including:</P
+><P
+></P
+><UL
+><LI
+><P
+> <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>smbpaswd</I
+></SPAN
+> - the plain ascii file stored used by
+ earlier versions of Samba. This file configuration option requires
+ a Unix/Linux system account for EVERY entry (ie: both for user and for
+ machine accounts). This file will be located in the <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>private</I
+></SPAN
+>
+ directory (default is /usr/local/samba/lib/private or on linux /etc/samba).
+ </P
+></LI
+><LI
+><P
+> <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>smbpasswd_nua</I
+></SPAN
+> - This file is independant of the
+ system wide user accounts. The use of this back-end option requires
+ specification of the "non unix account range" option also. It is called
+ smbpasswd and will be located in the <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>private</TT
+> directory.
+ </P
+></LI
+><LI
+><P
+> <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>tdbsam</I
+></SPAN
+> - a binary database backend that will be
+ stored in the <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>private</I
+></SPAN
+> directory in a file called
+ <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>passwd.tdb</I
+></SPAN
+>. The key benefit of this binary format
+ file is that it can store binary objects that can not be accomodated
+ in the traditional plain text smbpasswd file.
+ </P
+></LI
+><LI
+><P
+> <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>tdbsam_nua</I
+></SPAN
+> like the smbpasswd_nua option above, this
+ file allows the creation of arbitrary user and machine accounts without
+ requiring that account to be added to the system (/etc/passwd) file. It
+ too requires the specification of the "non unix account range" option
+ in the [globals] section of the smb.conf file.
+ </P
+></LI
+><LI
+><P
+> <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>ldapsam</I
+></SPAN
+> - An LDAP based back-end. Permits the
+ LDAP server to be specified. eg: ldap://localhost or ldap://frodo.murphy.com
+ </P
+></LI
+><LI
+><P
+> <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>ldapsam_nua</I
+></SPAN
+> - LDAP based back-end with no unix
+ account requirement, like smbpasswd_nua and tdbsam_nua above.
+ </P
+></LI
+></UL
+><P
+>A Samba PDC, however, stores each machine trust account in two parts,
+as follows:
<P
></P
@@ -540,8 +606,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN732"
->5.4.1. Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</A
+NAME="AEN833"
+>6.4.1. Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</A
></H2
><P
>The first step in manually creating a machine trust account is to
@@ -710,8 +776,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN773"
->5.4.2. "On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</A
+NAME="AEN874"
+>6.4.2. "On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</A
></H2
><P
>The second (and recommended) way of creating machine trust accounts is
@@ -747,8 +813,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN782"
->5.4.3. Joining the Client to the Domain</A
+NAME="AEN883"
+>6.4.3. Joining the Client to the Domain</A
></H2
><P
>The procedure for joining a client to the domain varies with the
@@ -815,8 +881,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN797"
->5.5. Common Problems and Errors</A
+NAME="AEN898"
+>6.5. Common Problems and Errors</A
></H1
><P
></P
@@ -1021,8 +1087,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN845"
->5.6. System Policies and Profiles</A
+NAME="AEN946"
+>6.6. System Policies and Profiles</A
></H1
><P
>Much of the information necessary to implement System Policies and
@@ -1198,8 +1264,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN889"
->5.7. What other help can I get?</A
+NAME="AEN990"
+>6.7. What other help can I get?</A
></H1
><P
>There are many sources of information available in the form
@@ -1618,8 +1684,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1003"
->5.8. Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</A
+NAME="AEN1104"
+>6.8. Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</A
></H1
><DIV
CLASS="NOTE"
@@ -1752,8 +1818,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1029"
->5.8.1. Configuration Instructions: Network Logons</A
+NAME="AEN1130"
+>6.8.1. Configuration Instructions: Network Logons</A
></H2
><P
>The main difference between a PDC and a Windows 9x logon
@@ -1858,8 +1924,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1048"
->5.8.2. Configuration Instructions: Setting up Roaming User Profiles</A
+NAME="AEN1149"
+>6.8.2. Configuration Instructions: Setting up Roaming User Profiles</A
></H2
><DIV
CLASS="WARNING"
@@ -1911,8 +1977,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN1056"
->5.8.2.1. Windows NT Configuration</A
+NAME="AEN1157"
+>6.8.2.1. Windows NT Configuration</A
></H3
><P
>To support WinNT clients, in the [global] section of smb.conf set the
@@ -1962,8 +2028,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN1064"
->5.8.2.2. Windows 9X Configuration</A
+NAME="AEN1165"
+>6.8.2.2. Windows 9X Configuration</A
></H3
><P
>To support Win9X clients, you must use the "logon home" parameter. Samba has
@@ -1993,8 +2059,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN1072"
->5.8.2.3. Win9X and WinNT Configuration</A
+NAME="AEN1173"
+>6.8.2.3. Win9X and WinNT Configuration</A
></H3
><P
>You can support profiles for both Win9X and WinNT clients by setting both the
@@ -2038,8 +2104,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN1079"
->5.8.2.4. Windows 9X Profile Setup</A
+NAME="AEN1180"
+>6.8.2.4. Windows 9X Profile Setup</A
></H3
><P
>When a user first logs in on Windows 9X, the file user.DAT is created,
@@ -2198,8 +2264,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN1115"
->5.8.2.5. Windows NT Workstation 4.0</A
+NAME="AEN1216"
+>6.8.2.5. Windows NT Workstation 4.0</A
></H3
><P
>When a user first logs in to a Windows NT Workstation, the profile
@@ -2312,8 +2378,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN1128"
->5.8.2.6. Windows NT Server</A
+NAME="AEN1229"
+>6.8.2.6. Windows NT Server</A
></H3
><P
>There is nothing to stop you specifying any path that you like for the
@@ -2326,8 +2392,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN1131"
->5.8.2.7. Sharing Profiles between W95 and NT Workstation 4.0</A
+NAME="AEN1232"
+>6.8.2.7. Sharing Profiles between W95 and NT Workstation 4.0</A
></H3
><DIV
CLASS="WARNING"
@@ -2419,8 +2485,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1141"
->5.9. DOMAIN_CONTROL.txt : Windows NT Domain Control &#38; Samba</A
+NAME="AEN1242"
+>6.9. DOMAIN_CONTROL.txt : Windows NT Domain Control &#38; Samba</A
></H1
><DIV
CLASS="WARNING"
@@ -2596,7 +2662,7 @@ ACCESSKEY="N"
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
->User and Share security level (for servers not in a domain)</TD
+>Samba as Stand-Alone server (User and Share security level)</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/securing-samba.html b/docs/htmldocs/securing-samba.html
index 7db24fff09e..91fc880cfad 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/securing-samba.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/securing-samba.html
@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="Creating Group Prolicy Files"
HREF="groupprofiles.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
-TITLE="Appendixes"
-HREF="appendixes.html"></HEAD
+TITLE="Unicode/Charsets"
+HREF="unicode.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="CHAPTER"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
-HREF="appendixes.html"
+HREF="unicode.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
@@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="SECURING-SAMBA"
></A
->Chapter 20. Securing Samba</H1
+>Chapter 22. Securing Samba</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3109"
->20.1. Introduction</A
+NAME="AEN3539"
+>22.1. Introduction</A
></H1
><P
>This note was attached to the Samba 2.2.8 release notes as it contained an
@@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3112"
->20.2. Using host based protection</A
+NAME="AEN3542"
+>22.2. Using host based protection</A
></H1
><P
>In many installations of Samba the greatest threat comes for outside
@@ -125,8 +125,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3119"
->20.3. Using interface protection</A
+NAME="AEN3549"
+>22.3. Using interface protection</A
></H1
><P
>By default Samba will accept connections on any network interface that
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3128"
->20.4. Using a firewall</A
+NAME="AEN3558"
+>22.4. Using a firewall</A
></H1
><P
>Many people use a firewall to deny access to services that they don't
@@ -191,8 +191,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3135"
->20.5. Using a IPC$ share deny</A
+NAME="AEN3565"
+>22.5. Using a IPC$ share deny</A
></H1
><P
>If the above methods are not suitable, then you could also place a
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN3144"
->20.6. Upgrading Samba</A
+NAME="AEN3574"
+>22.6. Upgrading Samba</A
></H1
><P
>Please check regularly on http://www.samba.org/ for updates and
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
-HREF="appendixes.html"
+HREF="unicode.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ ACCESSKEY="U"
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
->Appendixes</TD
+>Unicode/Charsets</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/securitylevels.html b/docs/htmldocs/securitylevels.html
index 0904611dbe1..1679827497e 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/securitylevels.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/securitylevels.html
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
->User and Share security level (for servers not in a domain)</TITLE
+>Samba as Stand-Alone server (User and Share security level)</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"><LINK
@@ -13,10 +13,10 @@ REL="UP"
TITLE="Type of installation"
HREF="type.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
-TITLE="Type of installation"
-HREF="type.html"><LINK
+TITLE="Nomenclature of Server Types"
+HREF="servertype.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
-TITLE="Samba as a NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller"
+TITLE="Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller"
HREF="samba-pdc.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="CHAPTER"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
-HREF="type.html"
+HREF="servertype.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="SECURITYLEVELS"
></A
->Chapter 4. User and Share security level (for servers not in a domain)</H1
+>Chapter 5. Samba as Stand-Alone server (User and Share security level)</H1
><P
>A SMB server tells the client at startup what "security level" it is
running. There are two options "share level" and "user level". Which
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
-HREF="type.html"
+HREF="servertype.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ ACCESSKEY="N"
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
->Type of installation</TD
+>Nomenclature of Server Types</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ ACCESSKEY="U"
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
->Samba as a NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller</TD
+>Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/speed.html b/docs/htmldocs/speed.html
index 85863dcd5f4..8ea3faf8289 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/speed.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/speed.html
@@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="SPEED"
></A
->Chapter 18. Samba performance issues</H1
+>Chapter 20. Samba performance issues</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2890"
->18.1. Comparisons</A
+NAME="AEN3320"
+>20.1. Comparisons</A
></H1
><P
>The Samba server uses TCP to talk to the client. Thus if you are
@@ -111,8 +111,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2896"
->18.2. Socket options</A
+NAME="AEN3326"
+>20.2. Socket options</A
></H1
><P
>There are a number of socket options that can greatly affect the
@@ -139,8 +139,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2903"
->18.3. Read size</A
+NAME="AEN3333"
+>20.3. Read size</A
></H1
><P
>The option "read size" affects the overlap of disk reads/writes with
@@ -165,8 +165,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2908"
->18.4. Max xmit</A
+NAME="AEN3338"
+>20.4. Max xmit</A
></H1
><P
>At startup the client and server negotiate a "maximum transmit" size,
@@ -188,8 +188,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2913"
->18.5. Log level</A
+NAME="AEN3343"
+>20.5. Log level</A
></H1
><P
>If you set the log level (also known as "debug level") higher than 2
@@ -202,8 +202,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2916"
->18.6. Read raw</A
+NAME="AEN3346"
+>20.6. Read raw</A
></H1
><P
>The "read raw" operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency
@@ -224,8 +224,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2921"
->18.7. Write raw</A
+NAME="AEN3351"
+>20.7. Write raw</A
></H1
><P
>The "write raw" operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency
@@ -241,8 +241,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2925"
->18.8. Slow Clients</A
+NAME="AEN3355"
+>20.8. Slow Clients</A
></H1
><P
>One person has reported that setting the protocol to COREPLUS rather
@@ -258,8 +258,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2929"
->18.9. Slow Logins</A
+NAME="AEN3359"
+>20.9. Slow Logins</A
></H1
><P
>Slow logins are almost always due to the password checking time. Using
@@ -271,8 +271,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2932"
->18.10. Client tuning</A
+NAME="AEN3362"
+>20.10. Client tuning</A
></H1
><P
>Often a speed problem can be traced to the client. The client (for
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/type.html b/docs/htmldocs/type.html
index d4db19bf439..8e6bc0c4e7d 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/type.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/type.html
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ REL="PREVIOUS"
TITLE="User information database"
HREF="passdb.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
-TITLE="User and Share security level (for servers not in a domain)"
-HREF="securitylevels.html"></HEAD
+TITLE="Nomenclature of Server Types"
+HREF="servertype.html"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="PART"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
-HREF="securitylevels.html"
+HREF="servertype.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ CLASS="TITLE"
><DIV
CLASS="PARTINTRO"
><A
-NAME="AEN581"
+NAME="AEN600"
></A
><H1
>Introduction</H1
@@ -95,153 +95,185 @@ CLASS="TOC"
></DT
><DT
>4. <A
-HREF="securitylevels.html"
->User and Share security level (for servers not in a domain)</A
+HREF="servertype.html"
+>Nomenclature of Server Types</A
+></DT
+><DD
+><DL
+><DT
+>4.1. <A
+HREF="servertype.html#AEN629"
+>Stand Alone Server</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>4.2. <A
+HREF="servertype.html#AEN635"
+>Domain Member Server</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>4.3. <A
+HREF="servertype.html#AEN641"
+>Domain Controller</A
+></DT
+><DD
+><DL
+><DT
+>4.3.1. <A
+HREF="servertype.html#AEN644"
+>Domain Controller Types</A
></DT
+></DL
+></DD
+></DL
+></DD
><DT
>5. <A
+HREF="securitylevels.html"
+>Samba as Stand-Alone server (User and Share security level)</A
+></DT
+><DT
+>6. <A
HREF="samba-pdc.html"
->Samba as a NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller</A
+>Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->5.1. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN625"
+>6.1. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN705"
>Prerequisite Reading</A
></DT
><DT
->5.2. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN631"
+>6.2. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN710"
>Background</A
></DT
><DT
->5.3. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN670"
+>6.3. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN748"
>Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</A
></DT
><DT
->5.4. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN713"
->Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the
-Domain</A
+>6.4. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN790"
+>Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the Domain</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->5.4.1. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN732"
+>6.4.1. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN833"
>Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</A
></DT
><DT
->5.4.2. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN773"
+>6.4.2. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN874"
>"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</A
></DT
><DT
->5.4.3. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN782"
+>6.4.3. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN883"
>Joining the Client to the Domain</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->5.5. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN797"
+>6.5. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN898"
>Common Problems and Errors</A
></DT
><DT
->5.6. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN845"
+>6.6. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN946"
>System Policies and Profiles</A
></DT
><DT
->5.7. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN889"
+>6.7. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN990"
>What other help can I get?</A
></DT
><DT
->5.8. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN1003"
+>6.8. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN1104"
>Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->5.8.1. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN1029"
+>6.8.1. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN1130"
>Configuration Instructions: Network Logons</A
></DT
><DT
->5.8.2. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN1048"
+>6.8.2. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN1149"
>Configuration Instructions: Setting up Roaming User Profiles</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->5.9. <A
-HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN1141"
+>6.9. <A
+HREF="samba-pdc.html#AEN1242"
>DOMAIN_CONTROL.txt : Windows NT Domain Control &#38; Samba</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->6. <A
+>7. <A
HREF="samba-bdc.html"
>How to Act as a Backup Domain Controller in a Purely Samba Controlled Domain</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->6.1. <A
-HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1177"
+>7.1. <A
+HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1278"
>Prerequisite Reading</A
></DT
><DT
->6.2. <A
-HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1181"
+>7.2. <A
+HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1282"
>Background</A
></DT
><DT
->6.3. <A
-HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1189"
+>7.3. <A
+HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1290"
>What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->6.3.1. <A
-HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1192"
+>7.3.1. <A
+HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1293"
>How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</A
></DT
><DT
->6.3.2. <A
-HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1195"
+>7.3.2. <A
+HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1296"
>When is the PDC needed?</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->6.4. <A
-HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1198"
+>7.4. <A
+HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1299"
>Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT PDC?</A
></DT
><DT
->6.5. <A
-HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1203"
+>7.5. <A
+HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1304"
>How do I set up a Samba BDC?</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->6.5.1. <A
-HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1220"
+>7.5.1. <A
+HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1321"
>How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</A
></DT
><DT
->6.5.2. <A
-HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1224"
+>7.5.2. <A
+HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1325"
>Can I do this all with LDAP?</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -249,83 +281,83 @@ HREF="samba-bdc.html#AEN1224"
></DL
></DD
><DT
->7. <A
+>8. <A
HREF="ads.html"
>Samba as a ADS domain member</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->7.1. <A
-HREF="ads.html#AEN1242"
+>8.1. <A
+HREF="ads.html#AEN1343"
>Installing the required packages for Debian</A
></DT
><DT
->7.2. <A
-HREF="ads.html#AEN1249"
+>8.2. <A
+HREF="ads.html#AEN1350"
>Installing the required packages for RedHat</A
></DT
><DT
->7.3. <A
-HREF="ads.html#AEN1259"
+>8.3. <A
+HREF="ads.html#AEN1360"
>Compile Samba</A
></DT
><DT
->7.4. <A
-HREF="ads.html#AEN1274"
+>8.4. <A
+HREF="ads.html#AEN1375"
>Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</A
></DT
><DT
->7.5. <A
-HREF="ads.html#AEN1284"
+>8.5. <A
+HREF="ads.html#AEN1385"
>Create the computer account</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->7.5.1. <A
-HREF="ads.html#AEN1288"
+>8.5.1. <A
+HREF="ads.html#AEN1389"
>Possible errors</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->7.6. <A
-HREF="ads.html#AEN1296"
+>8.6. <A
+HREF="ads.html#AEN1397"
>Test your server setup</A
></DT
><DT
->7.7. <A
-HREF="ads.html#AEN1301"
+>8.7. <A
+HREF="ads.html#AEN1402"
>Testing with smbclient</A
></DT
><DT
->7.8. <A
-HREF="ads.html#AEN1304"
+>8.8. <A
+HREF="ads.html#AEN1405"
>Notes</A
></DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
->8. <A
+>9. <A
HREF="domain-security.html"
>Samba as a NT4 or Win2k domain member</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
->8.1. <A
-HREF="domain-security.html#AEN1326"
+>9.1. <A
+HREF="domain-security.html#AEN1427"
>Joining an NT Domain with Samba 3.0</A
></DT
><DT
->8.2. <A
-HREF="domain-security.html#AEN1381"
+>9.2. <A
+HREF="domain-security.html#AEN1482"
>Samba and Windows 2000 Domains</A
></DT
><DT
->8.3. <A
-HREF="domain-security.html#AEN1384"
+>9.3. <A
+HREF="domain-security.html#AEN1485"
>Why is this better than security = server?</A
></DT
></DL
@@ -368,7 +400,7 @@ WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
><A
-HREF="securitylevels.html"
+HREF="servertype.html"
ACCESSKEY="N"
>Next</A
></TD
@@ -388,7 +420,7 @@ VALIGN="top"
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="right"
VALIGN="top"
->User and Share security level (for servers not in a domain)</TD
+>Nomenclature of Server Types</TD
></TR
></TABLE
></DIV
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/unix-permissions.html b/docs/htmldocs/unix-permissions.html
index 57246f1e2f4..df66450be0b 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/unix-permissions.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/unix-permissions.html
@@ -75,14 +75,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="UNIX-PERMISSIONS"
></A
->Chapter 10. UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</H1
+>Chapter 11. UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1647"
->10.1. Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT
+NAME="AEN1748"
+>11.1. Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT
security dialogs</A
></H1
><P
@@ -100,8 +100,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1651"
->10.2. How to view file security on a Samba share</A
+NAME="AEN1752"
+>11.2. How to view file security on a Samba share</A
></H1
><P
>From an NT 4.0 client, single-click with the right
@@ -170,8 +170,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1662"
->10.3. Viewing file ownership</A
+NAME="AEN1763"
+>11.3. Viewing file ownership</A
></H1
><P
>Clicking on the <B
@@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1682"
->10.4. Viewing file or directory permissions</A
+NAME="AEN1783"
+>11.4. Viewing file or directory permissions</A
></H1
><P
>The third button is the <B
@@ -310,8 +310,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1697"
->10.4.1. File Permissions</A
+NAME="AEN1798"
+>11.4.1. File Permissions</A
></H2
><P
>The standard UNIX user/group/world triple and
@@ -372,8 +372,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN1711"
->10.4.2. Directory Permissions</A
+NAME="AEN1812"
+>11.4.2. Directory Permissions</A
></H2
><P
>Directories on an NT NTFS file system have two
@@ -404,8 +404,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1718"
->10.5. Modifying file or directory permissions</A
+NAME="AEN1819"
+>11.5. Modifying file or directory permissions</A
></H1
><P
>Modifying file and directory permissions is as simple
@@ -500,8 +500,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1740"
->10.6. Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
+NAME="AEN1841"
+>11.6. Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
parameters</A
></H1
><P
@@ -721,8 +721,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN1804"
->10.7. Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute
+NAME="AEN1905"
+>11.7. Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute
mapping</A
></H1
><P
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/vfs.html b/docs/htmldocs/vfs.html
index 84ff1227d49..e19f1f43be1 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/vfs.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/vfs.html
@@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="VFS"
></A
->Chapter 16. Stackable VFS modules</H1
+>Chapter 18. Stackable VFS modules</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2760"
->16.1. Introduction and configuration</A
+NAME="AEN3190"
+>18.1. Introduction and configuration</A
></H1
><P
>Since samba 3.0, samba supports stackable VFS(Virtual File System) modules.
@@ -121,16 +121,16 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2769"
->16.2. Included modules</A
+NAME="AEN3199"
+>18.2. Included modules</A
></H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2771"
->16.2.1. audit</A
+NAME="AEN3201"
+>18.2.1. audit</A
></H2
><P
>A simple module to audit file access to the syslog
@@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2779"
->16.2.2. recycle</A
+NAME="AEN3209"
+>18.2.2. recycle</A
></H2
><P
>A recycle-bin like modules. When used any unlink call
@@ -238,8 +238,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2816"
->16.2.3. netatalk</A
+NAME="AEN3246"
+>18.2.3. netatalk</A
></H2
><P
>A netatalk module, that will ease co-existence of samba and
@@ -271,8 +271,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2823"
->16.3. VFS modules available elsewhere</A
+NAME="AEN3253"
+>18.3. VFS modules available elsewhere</A
></H1
><P
>This section contains a listing of various other VFS modules that
@@ -287,8 +287,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2827"
->16.3.1. DatabaseFS</A
+NAME="AEN3257"
+>18.3.1. DatabaseFS</A
></H2
><P
>URL: <A
@@ -321,8 +321,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2835"
->16.3.2. vscan</A
+NAME="AEN3265"
+>18.3.2. vscan</A
></H2
><P
>URL: <A
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/winbind.html b/docs/htmldocs/winbind.html
index 991876796ef..4d97d66b188 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/winbind.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/winbind.html
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ REL="UP"
TITLE="Optional configuration"
HREF="optional.html"><LINK
REL="PREVIOUS"
-TITLE="Printing Support"
-HREF="printing.html"><LINK
+TITLE="CUPS Printing Support"
+HREF="cups-printing.html"><LINK
REL="NEXT"
TITLE="Improved browsing in samba"
HREF="improved-browsing.html"></HEAD
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ WIDTH="10%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="bottom"
><A
-HREF="printing.html"
+HREF="cups-printing.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
@@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ CLASS="CHAPTER"
><A
NAME="WINBIND"
></A
->Chapter 14. Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</H1
+>Chapter 16. Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</H1
><DIV
CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2263"
->14.1. Abstract</A
+NAME="AEN2685"
+>16.1. Abstract</A
></H1
><P
>Integration of UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT through
@@ -107,8 +107,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2267"
->14.2. Introduction</A
+NAME="AEN2689"
+>16.2. Introduction</A
></H1
><P
>It is well known that UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT have
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2280"
->14.3. What Winbind Provides</A
+NAME="AEN2702"
+>16.3. What Winbind Provides</A
></H1
><P
>Winbind unifies UNIX and Windows NT account management by
@@ -203,8 +203,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2287"
->14.3.1. Target Uses</A
+NAME="AEN2709"
+>16.3.1. Target Uses</A
></H2
><P
>Winbind is targeted at organizations that have an
@@ -227,8 +227,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2291"
->14.4. How Winbind Works</A
+NAME="AEN2713"
+>16.4. How Winbind Works</A
></H1
><P
>The winbind system is designed around a client/server
@@ -247,8 +247,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2296"
->14.4.1. Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</A
+NAME="AEN2718"
+>16.4.1. Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</A
></H2
><P
>Over the last few years, efforts have been underway
@@ -273,8 +273,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2300"
->14.4.2. Microsoft Active Directory Services</A
+NAME="AEN2722"
+>16.4.2. Microsoft Active Directory Services</A
></H2
><P
> Since late 2001, Samba has gained the ability to
@@ -292,8 +292,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2303"
->14.4.3. Name Service Switch</A
+NAME="AEN2725"
+>16.4.3. Name Service Switch</A
></H2
><P
>The Name Service Switch, or NSS, is a feature that is
@@ -372,8 +372,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2319"
->14.4.4. Pluggable Authentication Modules</A
+NAME="AEN2741"
+>16.4.4. Pluggable Authentication Modules</A
></H2
><P
>Pluggable Authentication Modules, also known as PAM,
@@ -421,8 +421,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2327"
->14.4.5. User and Group ID Allocation</A
+NAME="AEN2749"
+>16.4.5. User and Group ID Allocation</A
></H2
><P
>When a user or group is created under Windows NT
@@ -447,8 +447,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2331"
->14.4.6. Result Caching</A
+NAME="AEN2753"
+>16.4.6. Result Caching</A
></H2
><P
>An active system can generate a lot of user and group
@@ -470,8 +470,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2334"
->14.5. Installation and Configuration</A
+NAME="AEN2756"
+>16.5. Installation and Configuration</A
></H1
><P
>Many thanks to John Trostel <A
@@ -484,21 +484,13 @@ for providing the HOWTO for this section.</P
>This HOWTO describes how to get winbind services up and running
to control access and authenticate users on your Linux box using
the winbind services which come with SAMBA 2.2.2.</P
-><P
->There is also some Solaris specific information in
-<TT
-CLASS="FILENAME"
->docs/textdocs/Solaris-Winbind-HOWTO.txt</TT
->.
-Future revisions of this document will incorporate that
-information.</P
><DIV
CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2341"
->14.5.1. Introduction</A
+NAME="AEN2761"
+>16.5.1. Introduction</A
></H2
><P
>This HOWTO describes the procedures used to get winbind up and
@@ -556,8 +548,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2354"
->14.5.2. Requirements</A
+NAME="AEN2774"
+>16.5.2. Requirements</A
></H2
><P
>If you have a samba configuration file that you are currently
@@ -626,8 +618,8 @@ CLASS="SECT2"
><H2
CLASS="SECT2"
><A
-NAME="AEN2368"
->14.5.3. Testing Things Out</A
+NAME="AEN2788"
+>16.5.3. Testing Things Out</A
></H2
><P
>Before starting, it is probably best to kill off all the SAMBA
@@ -671,8 +663,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN2379"
->14.5.3.1. Configure and compile SAMBA</A
+NAME="AEN2799"
+>16.5.3.1. Configure and compile SAMBA</A
></H3
><P
>The configuration and compilation of SAMBA is pretty straightforward.
@@ -737,8 +729,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN2398"
->14.5.3.2. Configure <TT
+NAME="AEN2818"
+>16.5.3.2. Configure <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>nsswitch.conf</TT
> and the
@@ -842,8 +834,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN2431"
->14.5.3.3. Configure smb.conf</A
+NAME="AEN2851"
+>16.5.3.3. Configure smb.conf</A
></H3
><P
>Several parameters are needed in the smb.conf file to control
@@ -917,8 +909,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN2447"
->14.5.3.4. Join the SAMBA server to the PDC domain</A
+NAME="AEN2867"
+>16.5.3.4. Join the SAMBA server to the PDC domain</A
></H3
><P
>Enter the following command to make the SAMBA server join the
@@ -955,8 +947,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN2458"
->14.5.3.5. Start up the winbindd daemon and test it!</A
+NAME="AEN2878"
+>16.5.3.5. Start up the winbindd daemon and test it!</A
></H3
><P
>Eventually, you will want to modify your smb startup script to
@@ -973,6 +965,21 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>/usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd</B
></P
><P
+>Winbindd can now also run in 'dual daemon mode'. This will make it
+run as 2 processes. The first will answer all requests from the cache,
+thus making responses to clients faster. The other will
+update the cache for the query that the first has just responded.
+Advantage of this is that responses stay accurate and are faster.
+You can enable dual daemon mode by adding '-B' to the commandline:</P
+><P
+><SAMP
+CLASS="PROMPT"
+>root#</SAMP
+> <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>/usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd -B</B
+></P
+><P
>I'm always paranoid and like to make sure the daemon
is really running...</P
><P
@@ -1076,16 +1083,16 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN2494"
->14.5.3.6. Fix the init.d startup scripts</A
+NAME="AEN2918"
+>16.5.3.6. Fix the init.d startup scripts</A
></H3
><DIV
CLASS="SECT4"
><H4
CLASS="SECT4"
><A
-NAME="AEN2496"
->14.5.3.6.1. Linux</A
+NAME="AEN2920"
+>16.5.3.6.1. Linux</A
></H4
><P
>The <B
@@ -1149,8 +1156,22 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
}</PRE
></P
><P
+>If you would like to run winbindd in dual daemon mode, replace
+the line
+<PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+> daemon /usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd</PRE
+>
+
+in the example above with:
+
+<PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+> daemon /usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd -B</PRE
+>.</P
+><P
>The 'stop' function has a corresponding entry to shut down the
-services and look s like this:</P
+services and looks like this:</P
><P
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
@@ -1180,8 +1201,8 @@ CLASS="SECT4"
><H4
CLASS="SECT4"
><A
-NAME="AEN2513"
->14.5.3.6.2. Solaris</A
+NAME="AEN2940"
+>16.5.3.6.2. Solaris</A
></H4
><P
>On solaris, you need to modify the
@@ -1245,14 +1266,27 @@ echo Starting Winbind Daemon
;;
esac</PRE
></P
+><P
+>Again, if you would like to run samba in dual daemon mode, replace
+<PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+> /usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd</PRE
+>
+
+in the script above with:
+
+<PRE
+CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
+> /usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd -B</PRE
+></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="SECT4"
><H4
CLASS="SECT4"
><A
-NAME="AEN2520"
->14.5.3.6.3. Restarting</A
+NAME="AEN2950"
+>16.5.3.6.3. Restarting</A
></H4
><P
>If you restart the <B
@@ -1275,8 +1309,8 @@ CLASS="SECT3"
><H3
CLASS="SECT3"
><A
-NAME="AEN2526"
->14.5.3.7. Configure Winbind and PAM</A
+NAME="AEN2956"
+>16.5.3.7. Configure Winbind and PAM</A
></H3
><P
>If you have made it this far, you know that winbindd and samba are working
@@ -1333,8 +1367,8 @@ CLASS="SECT4"
><H4
CLASS="SECT4"
><A
-NAME="AEN2543"
->14.5.3.7.1. Linux/FreeBSD-specific PAM configuration</A
+NAME="AEN2973"
+>16.5.3.7.1. Linux/FreeBSD-specific PAM configuration</A
></H4
><P
>The <TT
@@ -1462,8 +1496,8 @@ CLASS="SECT4"
><H4
CLASS="SECT4"
><A
-NAME="AEN2576"
->14.5.3.7.2. Solaris-specific configuration</A
+NAME="AEN3006"
+>16.5.3.7.2. Solaris-specific configuration</A
></H4
><P
>The /etc/pam.conf needs to be changed. I changed this file so that my Domain
@@ -1549,8 +1583,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2583"
->14.6. Limitations</A
+NAME="AEN3013"
+>16.6. Limitations</A
></H1
><P
>Winbind has a number of limitations in its current
@@ -1591,8 +1625,8 @@ CLASS="SECT1"
><H1
CLASS="SECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN2593"
->14.7. Conclusion</A
+NAME="AEN3023"
+>16.7. Conclusion</A
></H1
><P
>The winbind system, through the use of the Name Service
@@ -1619,7 +1653,7 @@ WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
><A
-HREF="printing.html"
+HREF="cups-printing.html"
ACCESSKEY="P"
>Prev</A
></TD
@@ -1647,7 +1681,7 @@ ACCESSKEY="N"
WIDTH="33%"
ALIGN="left"
VALIGN="top"
->Printing Support</TD
+>CUPS Printing Support</TD
><TD
WIDTH="34%"
ALIGN="center"
generated by cgit (git 2.34.1) at 2024-11-08 09:19:49 +0000